Login
- Released At: 15-01-2024
- Page Views:
- Downloads:
- Table of Contents
- Related Documents
-
|
|
|
H3C HDM |
|
IPMI Basics Command Reference |
|
|
|
|
|
New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. http://www.h3c.com
Software version: Later than HDM-3.41 or HDM-6.06 Document version: V3.45 |
Copyright © 2024, New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. and its licensors
All rights reserved
No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks
Except for the trademarks of New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd., any trademarks that may be mentioned in this document are the property of their respective owners.
Notice
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. All contents in this document, including statements, information, and recommendations, are believed to be accurate, but they are presented without warranty of any kind, express or implied. H3C shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Revision records
|
Version |
Date |
HDM version |
Interface name |
Description |
|
V1.0 |
2019-03-30 |
HDM-1.11.25P01 |
First release |
|
|
V1.1 |
2019-04-15 |
HDM-1.11.26 |
Modification of description. |
|
|
V1.2 |
2019-05-23 |
HDM-1.11.27 |
Obtain the SEL storage mode. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set the SEL storage mode. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain overall information about SEL logs. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain information about an SEL log. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain information about a packet transmitted for an SEL log. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure LDAP settings. |
Added interface. |
|
V1.3 |
2019-05-27 |
HDM-1.11.28 |
Modified the description. |
|
|
V1.4 |
2019-06-05 |
HDM-1.11.29 |
Obtain the total drive usage. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Specify the drive usage. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain LD information. |
Added the following fields: physical drive cache policy and whether the current logical drive is the boot drive. |
|
|
|
|
Configure basic SNMP settings. |
Added two reserved fields and changed the position of the Longpassword field. |
|
V1.6 |
2019-07-05 |
HDM-1.11.31 P03 |
Obtain information about the serial port connected to the SOL. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain information about the serial port connected to a panel. |
Added interface. |
|
V2.0 |
2019-07-22 |
HDM-1.12.05 |
Specify the primary NTP server. |
Removed the fixed 128-byte length limit on the IP addresses of NTP servers. |
|
|
|
|
Specify the secondary NTP server. |
Removed the fixed 128-byte length limit on the IP addresses of NTP servers. |
|
|
|
|
Configure a logical drive. |
Added support for PMC controllers. |
|
V2.1 |
2019-08-15 |
HDM-1.30.06 |
Obtain LD information. |
Added the SpanNumber and NumDrivePerSpan fields. |
|
V2.2 |
2019-09-10 |
HDM-1.30.07 |
Configure HDM network service settings. |
Added return code 0xF5, which indicates that a VNC session exists. |
|
|
|
|
Configure a logical drive. |
Added the IO bypass option to the physical drive cache policy field. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the status of KVM encryption. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set the status of KVM encryption. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the status of VM encryption. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set the status of VM encryption. |
Added interface. |
|
V2.3 |
2019-10-10 |
HDM-1.30.08 |
Obtain card insertion information |
Added the serial number and part number fields. |
|
|
|
|
Set the severity levels for SMTP alert emails. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the severity levels for SMTP alert emails. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set the enabling status of SNMP traps. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set the SNMP trap version. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set the location of an SNMP trap node. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set the SNMP trap contact information. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure an SNMP community. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Specify the severity levels of SNMP traps to be reported. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure an SNMP trap server. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain syslog settings |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure syslog settings. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain syslog server settings. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure syslog server settings. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain CPU information. |
Added the CPU SN and CPU PPIN fields. |
|
V2.4 |
2019-10-25 |
HDM-1.30.09 |
Obtain the address of the SMTP server. |
Added support for FQDN address to the address types of the SMTP trap server and extended the address length (including the terminator) from 46 bytes to 128 bytes. |
|
|
|
|
Specify the SMTP server. |
Added support for FQDN address to the address types of the SMTP trap server and extended the address length (including the terminator) from 46 bytes to 128 bytes. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added the PciBaseClassCode, PciSubClassCode, PciProgIF, Device, and Function fields. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain IPv4 firewall rule information. |
Added support for whitelist rule and blacklist rule, and modified the types of firewall rules. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain IPv6 firewall rule information. |
Added support for whitelist rule and blacklist rule, and modified the types of firewall rules. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain LD information. |
Added the strip size and accelerator type fields. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added the rebuilding progress, total power-on hours, number of media errors, number of other errors, and number of predictive errors fields. |
|
V2.5 |
2019-11-08 |
HDM-1.30.10 |
Configure basic SNMP settings. |
Merged two reserved fields to the Read community and Write community fields, respectively. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain syslog settings. |
Added transmission types TLS (one-way authentication) and TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
|
|
|
Configure syslog settings. |
Added transmission types TLS (one-way authentication) and TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
|
|
|
Obtain syslog server settings. |
Added transmission types TLS (one-way authentication) and TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the number of storage controllers and their indexes and names. |
Added the out-of-band configuration flag field that can help identify the MR, IR, or IT type of LSI controllers, and resolved the output alignment issue. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server health status. |
Added the logical drive status field. |
|
V2.6 |
2019-11-15 |
HDM-1.30.11 |
Obtain PD information. |
Added the CapableSpeed field. |
|
|
|
|
Set the fan speed mode. |
Added the fan speed mode field. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain storage controller information. |
Resolved the output alignment issue. The actual output is not changed. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain LD information. |
Resolved the output alignment issue. The actual output is not changed. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Resolved the output alignment issue. The actual output is not changed. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the number of storage controllers and their indexes and names. |
Resolved the output alignment issue and changed a reserved field to an out-of-band configuration flag field. |
|
|
|
|
Set the physical drive status. |
Resolved the output alignment issue. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server health status. |
Added the health LED status field. |
|
|
|
|
Set the SNMP trap mode. |
Added interface. |
|
V2.7 |
2019-12-06 |
HDM-1.30.12 |
Obtain the link status of dedicated and shared network ports. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the IP address of the tertiary NTP server. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Specify the severity levels of SNMP traps to be reported. |
Modified the severity level of "major + critical" to "minor + major + critical." |
|
|
|
|
Set the severity levels for SMTP alert emails. |
Modified the severity level of "major + critical" to "minor + major + critical." |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the severity levels for SMTP alert emails. |
Modified the severity level of "major + critical" to "minor + major + critical." |
|
|
|
|
Configure AD settings. |
Added interface. |
|
V2.8 |
2019-12-12 |
HDM-1.30.13 |
Obtain server health status. |
Added the PCIe health LED redirection field. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain CPU information. |
Added the maximum CPU frequency field. |
|
V2.9 |
2019-12-24 |
HDM-1.30.14 |
Obtain the total drive usage. |
Added the total drive capacity and used drive capacity fields. The two fields are supported only in FIST SMS D018 and later versions. |
|
|
|
|
Specify the drive usage. |
Added the total drive capacity and used drive capacity fields. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server health status. |
Added the system module health status field. |
|
V2.10 |
2020-01-09 |
HDM-1.30.15 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
|
|
|
Obtain MCA policy information. |
Added the ACD enabling status field. |
|
|
|
|
Configure MCA policy settings. |
Added the ACD enabling status field (rsv field). |
|
V2.11 |
2020-02-20 |
HDM-1.30.16 |
Obtain LD information. |
Added the following fields: number of physical drives and DevIDs of physical drives for the current logical drive. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added the SasAddr field. |
|
V2.12 |
2020-03-05 |
HDM-1.30.17 |
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added the PortNum field. |
|
V2.13 |
2020-03-19 |
HDM-1.30.18 |
Obtain syslog settings. |
Changed ProductSN in field 0x02 to BoardSN and incorporated this change to HDM-1.30.18SP52. |
|
|
|
|
Configure syslog settings. |
Changed ProductSN in field 0x02 to BoardSN and incorporated this change to HDM-1.30.18SP52. |
|
V2.14 |
2020-04-22 |
HDM-1.30.19 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.01 |
2020-05-20 |
HDM-2.0.03 |
Set the physical drive status. |
Added the JBOD drive status for physical drives. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain storage controller information. |
Added the adapter configuration version field. 32 more bytes were added to the response length. |
|
|
|
|
Print LAN card information. |
G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain channel information of a network port. |
G5: Network port eth0 corresponds to channel 8 and network port eth1 corresponds to channel 1. G3: Network port eth0 corresponds to channel 1 and network port eth1 corresponds to channel 8. |
|
|
|
|
All HDM IPv4 management commands. |
G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. |
|
|
|
|
All HDM IPv6 management commands. |
G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. |
|
V3.01 |
2020-05-20 |
HDM-2.0.04 |
Obtain permission of all user roles. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set permissions for a custom user role. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server power status and UID LED status. |
Changed the UID LED status for G5 servers according to the standard. |
|
|
|
|
Configure LDAP settings. |
Added user roles custom 1 to custom 5. |
|
|
|
|
Configure AD settings. |
Added user roles custom 1 to custom 5. |
|
|
|
|
Specify the HDM user role. |
Added user roles custom 1 to custom 5. |
|
V3.01 |
2020-05-20 |
HDM-2.0.05 |
Obtain memory information. |
Added Data[56:177] to obtain G5 memory information. |
|
V3.02 |
2020-06-06 |
HDM-2.0.06 |
Added description of the permission module to which it belongs. |
|
|
V3.03 |
2020-06-19 |
HDM-2.0.07 |
Obtain FRU information. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Trigger NMI diagnosis. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server health status. |
Added the operating system health status field. |
|
V3.04 |
2020-07-10 |
HDM-2.06.00 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.05 |
2020-08-06 |
HDM-2.08.00 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.06 |
2020-08-17 |
HDM-2.09.00 |
Obtain PFR firmware information about a system board. |
Added interface. |
|
V3.06 |
2020-09-07 |
HDM-2.10.00 |
Obtain storage controller information. |
Added the JBOD mode to storage controllers and the package version field. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added the PdType field. |
|
V3.07 |
2020-09-17 |
HDM-2.11.00 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.08 |
2020-10-20 |
HDM-2.13.00 |
Obtain the NTP synchronization interval. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set security bezel LEDs. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain security bezel LED configuration. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the status of the hard disk indicator light. |
Optimized Web display and Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure the status of the hard disk indicator light. |
Optimized Web display and Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added the CPU Id, SlotDesc, and PCIe device type fields and optimized Web display. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server health status. |
Optimized Web display. The return field of Data[19] is meaningless, which used to represent PCIe health LED redirection. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added the CPU bus, CPU device, and CPU function fields. Compatibility issues exist. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain storage controller information. |
Added the IsLSI field. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain SDR server settings. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added the Copyback status for physical drives managed by an LSI storage controller. |
|
|
|
|
Configure SDR server settings. |
Added interface. |
|
V3.09 |
2020-11-10 |
HDM-2.16.00 |
Set the power-on delay time. |
Added support for setting the random delay time. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the power-on delay time. |
Added support for obtaining the random delay time. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server health status. |
Added support for OCP health status for G5 products. |
|
|
|
|
Configure MCA policy settings. |
G5 servers do not support disabling the ACD function. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added values 11 (U2 NVME) and 12 (REDRIVER) for the PCIe device type. |
|
V3.10 |
2020-11-23 |
HDM-2.17.00 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.11 |
2020-12-01 |
HDM-2.17.00 |
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Moved the CPU bus, CPU device, and CPU function fields to the rear of the PortNum field and shielded the compatibility issue in 2.13.00. |
|
V3.12 |
2020-12-17 |
HDM-2.19 |
Restore factory HDM settings. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain HDM network service information. |
Added support for the iHDT service. |
|
|
|
|
Configure HDM network service settings. |
Added support for the iHDT service. |
|
V3.13 |
2021-01-08 |
HDM-2.25 |
Set the SEL storage mode. |
Changed the module permission settings to basic configuration. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain security bezel LED configuration. |
Added the health status sync field. Compatibility issues exist. |
|
|
|
|
Set security bezel LEDs. |
Added the health status sync field. Compatibility issues exist. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added three reserved fields for internal use. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added the negotiation rate field. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain service USB device configuration. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set service USB device configuration. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain expander information. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain KVM modes. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Set KVM modes. |
Added interface. |
|
V3.14 |
2021-01-21 |
HDM-2.26 |
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added the CardBandwidth field. |
|
V3.15 |
2021-02-04 |
HDM-2.27 |
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added type value of 13 (QAT) for PCIe devices. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added the Rebuilding and RebuildWait states for physical drives managed by a PMC storage controller. |
|
V3.16 |
2021-02-23 |
HDM-2.28 |
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added type value of 14 (Clock card) for PCIe devices. |
|
V3.17 |
2021-03-02 |
HDM-2.29 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.18 |
2021-03-19 |
HDM-2.33 |
Obtain FlyFish fan version. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain serial server settings. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure serial server settings. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain storage controller information. |
Added the Auto volume and Simple volume modes to the storage controller mode. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain GPU power capping information. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Configure GPU power capping. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain syslog server settings. |
Added the number of supported syslog servers to 8. |
|
|
|
|
Configure syslog server settings. |
Added the number of supported syslog servers to 8. |
|
|
|
|
Configure an SNMP trap server. |
Changed the number of supported SNMP Trap servers from 4 to 8. |
|
|
|
|
Configure logical drive attributes. |
Added interface. |
|
V3.19 |
2021-04-09 |
HDM-2.38 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.20 |
2021-04-21 |
HDM-2.42 |
Modified the error description. |
|
|
V3.21 |
2021-05-13 |
HDM-2.51 |
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added type value of 15 (MOC card) for PCIe devices. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain server health status. |
Fixed the errors in the returned information of system power-on status. |
|
V3.22 |
2021-05-27 |
HDM-2.52 |
|
|
|
V3.23 |
2021-06-07 |
HDM-2.54 |
|
|
|
V3.24 |
2021-06-22 |
HDM-2.55 |
Obtain power information of the past day or week. |
Added interface. |
|
V3.25 |
2021-07-19 |
HDM-2.60 |
|
|
|
V3.26 |
2021-09-13 |
HDM-2.75 |
Obtain syslog settings. |
Added product serial number as an option to the host identifier. |
|
|
|
|
Configure syslog settings. |
Added product serial number as an option to the host identifier. |
|
V3.27 |
2021-10-18 |
HDM-2.80 |
|
|
|
V3.28 |
2021-11-12 |
HDM-2.85 |
Configure a physical hot spare drive. |
Added interface. |
|
V3.29 |
2021-12-13 |
HDM-2.90 |
|
|
|
V3.30 |
2022-01-25 |
HDM-2.96 |
|
|
|
V3.31 |
2022-02-21 |
HDM-2.97 |
|
|
|
V3.32 |
2022-03-25 |
HDM-2.98 |
|
|
|
V3.33 |
2022-05-25 |
HDM-3.10 |
|
|
|
V3.34 |
2022-06-30 |
HDM-3.11 |
Configure a BIOS setting. |
Added support of G5 Intel servers for the BIOS options. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain a BIOS setting. |
Added support of G5 Intel servers for the BIOS options. |
|
V3.34 |
2022-07-20 |
HDM-3.13 |
|
|
|
V3.35 |
2022-10-22 |
HDM-3.18 |
Obtain the next boot option. |
Added Remote Connect Hard Drive as a boot device. |
|
|
|
|
Set the next boot option. |
Added Remote Connect Hard Drive field as a boot device. |
|
|
|
|
Set Wi-Fi service enabling status. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain Wi-Fi service enabling status. |
Added interface. |
|
|
|
HDM-3.26 |
Modified the description. |
|
|
V3.36 |
2022-11-20 |
HDM-3.30 |
Set the severity levels for SMTP alert emails. |
Added major + critical as an option to the severity level. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain the severity levels for SMTP alert emails. |
Added major + critical as an option to the severity level. |
|
V3.37 |
2022-12-18 |
HDM-3.31 |
|
|
|
V3.38 |
2023-01-15 |
HDM-3.32 |
Obtain PCIe module information. |
Added options 1 to 5 for the MaxSpeed field. |
|
|
|
|
Configure a logical drive. |
Corrected example title and added example description. |
|
V3.38 |
2023-03-13 |
HDM-3.34 |
Configure a BIOS setting. |
Added support of some AMD and Hygon products for the BIOS options. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain a BIOS setting. |
Added support of some AMD and Hygon products for the BIOS options. |
|
V3.39 |
2023-04-06 |
HDM-3.35 |
Set the enabling status of DNS registration. |
Added the description that this command takes effect after a restart. |
|
V3.40 |
2023-05-22 |
HDM-3.36 HDM-6.01 |
|
Support status or revisions are subject to specific commands. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain CPU information. |
Corrected the error description for Data[74-75]. The features supported by the processor should be analyzed and interpreted according to bit positions. |
|
|
|
|
Configure a physical hot spare drive. |
Corrected the description for setting a dedicated hot spare. |
|
|
|
|
Configure an SNMP trap server. |
Added restrictions and guidelines for specifying IPv6 addresses or domain names for Data[12]. |
|
V3.41 |
2023-7-6 |
HDM-3.37 HDM-6.02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obtain storage controller information. |
Changed supercapacitor status Fatal to Fault for Data[128:159]. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Corrected response Data[264-289]. |
|
|
|
|
Obtain PD information. |
Added the Data[290:337] field to record PD model information. |
|
V3.42 |
2023-08-10 |
HDM-3.38 HDM-6.03 |
|
Updated the manual version number. |
|
V3.43 |
2023-09-06 |
HDM-3.38 HDM-6.03 |
|
Updated the manual version number. |
|
V3.44 |
2023-9-25 |
HDM-3.40 HDM-6.05 |
Obtain product generation information |
No functional changes. Added Data[14] occupancy description, which can be used to distinguish generation information of HDM software. G3/G5 products still return 00h. |
|
V3.45 |
2023-11-8 |
HDM-3.41 HDM-6.06 |
|
Supported or revised versions depend on commands. |
|
|
|
|
Configure logical drive attributes |
The following settings are supported: · Data[19] supports setting more physical drive cache policies. · Data[15] supports more access policies. · The response already supports Data[4:13] and adds support for Data[14:17]. |
Contents
Obtain the reason for the most recent restart
Obtain total power-on time of a chassis
Obtain the chassis self-test result
Obtain the current chassis power status
Set the power-on policy for a chassis
Obtain the supported power-on policies of a chassis
Obtain server version information
Obtain server GUID information
Obtain the current status of all sensors
Obtain sensor type information
Obtain the list of supported sensors in a chassis
Perform a server self-test on HDM
Obtain the reading of a sensor
Set the alarm threshold for a sensor
Obtain current session information
Obtain server power status and UID LED status
Obtain information about all HDM users
Obtain brief HDM user information
Set the password for an HDM user
Obtain the IP address obtaining method for a network port
Obtain the IP address of a network port
Obtain the MAC address of a network port
Obtain the subnet mask of a network port
Set the IP address obtaining method for a network port
Specify a static IP address for a network port
Specify the subnet mask for a network port
Specify the gateway address for a network port
Obtain the IPv6 address of a network port
Specify a static IPv6 address for a network port
Specify the prefix length for a network port
Obtain the prefix length of a network port
Obtain the IPv6 address obtaining method for a network port
Set the IPv6 address obtaining method for a network port
Specify the IPv6 gateway address for a network port
Set the one-time next boot option
Remove the configured one-time next boot option
Configure the server to enter the BIOS setup utility after startup
Obtain the number of present PCIe modules
Obtain PCIe module information
Obtain port information on an Ethernet adapter
Obtain the number of supported CPUs and DIMMs
Obtain security bezel LED configuration
Obtain storage controller information
Obtain the number of LDs and their offset indexes
Obtain the number of PDs and their offset indexes
Obtain the number of storage controllers and their indexes and names
Configure logical drive attributes
Configure a physical hot spare drive
Obtain the power-on delay time
Obtain DNS registration settings
Obtain the IP addresses of DNS servers
Obtain the enabling status of DNS registration
Configure the host name settings
Configure DNS registration options
Specify the IP address of a DNS server
Commit DNS configuration changes
Set the enabling status of DNS registration
Obtain IPv4 firewall rule information
Obtain IPv6 firewall rule information
Obtain the status of a network port
Obtain the enabling status of a bond port
Obtain the number of network ports
Obtain channel information of a network port
Obtain the name of a network port
Obtain the primary port of a bond port
Set the status of a network port
Set the primary port for a bond port
Obtain the link status of dedicated and shared network ports
Obtain HDM network service information
Configure HDM network service settings
Configure Active Directory (AD) settings
Obtain permission of all user roles
Set permissions for a custom user role
Set the enabling status of SNMP traps
Set the location of an SNMP trap node
Set the SNMP trap contact information
Specify the severity levels of SNMP traps to be reported
Specify the primary NTP server
Specify the secondary NTP server
Specify the tertiary NTP server
Configure time synchronization with NTP servers
Obtain the IP address of the tertiary NTP server
Obtain the NTP synchronization interval
Obtain HDM firmware information
Obtain BIOS firmware information
Obtain PFR firmware information about a system board
Obtain service USB device configuration
Set service USB device configuration
Obtain Wi-Fi service enabling status
Set Wi-Fi service enabling status
Obtain overall information about SEL logs
Obtain information about an SEL log
Obtain information about a packet transmitted for an SEL log
Obtain information about the serial port connected to the SOL
Obtain information about the serial port connected to a panel
Set the severity levels for SMTP alert emails
Obtain the severity levels for SMTP alert emails
Obtain the address of the SMTP server
Configure syslog server settings
Configure serial server settings
Reload the configuration file for fans
Obtain the maximum number of supported power supplies
Obtain the presence, AC input, and DC input status of a power supply
Obtain the cold backup state of a power supply
Configure a power supply to enter in cold backup
Configure a power supply to exit from cold backup
Obtain the maximum output power of a power supply
Obtain the current output power of a power supply
Obtain the range of the power cap value
Obtain the power information of a power supply
Obtain the second firmware revision of a power supply
Obtain model match information for all presented power supplies
Obtain the manufacturer information of a power module
Obtain the model of a power supply
Obtain power supply information displayed on the Web interface
Obtain GPU power capping information
Obtain power information of the past day or week
Obtain the status of KVM encryption
Set the status of KVM encryption
Obtain the status of virtual media encryption
Set the status of virtual media encryption
Using IPMItool to obtain chassis status
Using IPMItool to obtain chassis information
IPMI command conventions
About IPMI
Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) is an industry standard for managing peripheral devices in server systems. You can use IPMI to monitor the physical health status of servers from different vendors, such as temperature, voltage, fan modules, power supplies to achieve unified management of servers from different vendors.
About IPMItool
IPMItool is an open source IPMI client tool that supports both Linux and Windows operating systems and is the most commonly used IPMI client tool. IPMItool accesses the IPMI interface of a server through commands. As shown in Figure 1, open the Windows cmd and access the IPMItool directory to execute IPMI commands.
Figure 1 Windows Command Prompt
Command format
An IPMI command uses the ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password <command> format, where:
· -I connect_type—Specifies the connection method used to access the device to be managed. The connect_type argument is fixed to lanplus, which indicates that the device to be managed will be accessed as required in the IPMI 2.0 specification.
· -H hostname—Specifies the IP address of the device to be managed.
· -U username -P password—Specifies the HDM username and password of the device to be managed.
· <command>—Specifies the action to be taken. This argument can be a string (chassis status for example) or a hexadecimal raw code (raw 0x00 0x01). For more information about this argument, see the specific command.
· -L—Specifies the session privilege, which is Administrator by default. This keyword is required in commands for the user or operator role. For custom users, the -L oem keyword is required.
The length of the raw code (raw 0x00 0x01) in a command cannot exceed 255 bytes.
Request and response
For some commands, the request and response will be displayed as a hexadecimal raw string. Table 1 and Table 2 display the example data fields in such a request and a response, respectively.
Table 1 Example data fields in a request
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specifies a single-byte field. The byte is displayed as 2-digit hexadecimal numbers. For more information, see the parameters of the specific command. |
|
Data[1:3] |
Specifies a multi-byte field. This field contains three bytes: Data[1], Data[2], and Data[3]. Each byte is displayed as 2-digit hexadecimal numbers. For more information, see the parameters of the specific command. |
Table 2 Example data fields in a response
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specifies the first returned byte. For more information, see the response of the specific command. |
|
Data[9:16] |
Specifies the 9th to 16th returned bytes. For more information, see the response of the specific command. |
|
Bits[7:1] |
Specifies the seven highest bits of a byte. In a response, each byte contains eight bits: 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, and 0, where 7 represents the highest bit and 0 represents the second lowest bit. |
|
Bits[5:4] |
Specifies the fifth and fourth lowest bits of a byte. In a response, each byte contains eight bits: 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, and 0, where 7 represents the highest bit and 0 represents the second lowest bit. |
Applicable products
Interfaces described in this document are only applicable to H3C servers. For more information, see HDM user guide for 2.xx and 3.xx HDM versions.
Permissions
A command involves the following permissions:
· User role—Applicable to HDM-1.30.xx versions. Options include User, Operator, and Administrator.
· Required permission—Applicable to HDM-2.xx.xx versions. Options include user accounts, basic configuration, remote control, remote media, security, power control, maintenance, password modification, and information query.
Port description
|
Server generation |
Port type |
Channel |
HDM interface |
|
G3 |
Dedicated port |
8 |
eth1 |
|
Shared port |
1 |
eth0 |
|
|
G5 |
Dedicated port |
1 |
eth1 |
|
Shared port |
8 |
eth0 |
Standard IPMI commands
Chassis management
Obtain current chassis status
Use chassis status to obtain the current status of a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis status
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the current chassis status.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis status
System Power : on
Power Overload : false
Power Interlock : inactive
Main Power Fault : false
Power Control Fault : false
Power Restore Policy : previous
Last Power Event : command
Chassis Intrusion : inactive
Front-Panel Lockout : inactive
Drive Fault : false
Cooling/Fan Fault : false
Sleep Button Disable : allowed
Diag Button Disable : allowed
Reset Button Disable : allowed
Power Button Disable : allowed
Sleep Button Disabled: true
Diag Button Disabled : true
Reset Button Disabled: true
Power Button Disabled: true
Obtain the reason for the most recent restart
Use chassis restart_cause to obtain the reason for the most recent restart.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis restart_cause
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the reason for the most recent restart.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis restart_cause
System restart cause: chassis power control command
Obtain total power-on time of a chassis
Use chassis poh to obtain the total power-on time of a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis poh
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the total power-on time of a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis poh
POH Counter : 8 days, 13 hours
Obtain the chassis self-test result
Use chassis selftest to obtain the self-test result of a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis selftest
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the self-test result of a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis selftest
Self Test Results : passed
Chassis power management
Obtain the current chassis power status
Use power status to obtain the current power status of a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password power status
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the current power status of a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ power status
Chassis Power is on
Power on a chassis
Use power on to power on a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password power { up | on }
User role
Operator
Required permission
Power control
Usage guidelines
The up and on keyword function the same. You can use either keyword to power on the chassis.
Examples
# Power on a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ power on
Chassis Power Control: Up/On
Power off a chassis
Use power off to power off a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password power { down | off }
User role
Operator
Required permission
Power control
Usage guidelines
The down and off keyword function the same. You can use either keyword to power off the chassis.
Examples
# Power off a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ power off
Chassis Power Control: Down/Off
Restart a chassis
Use power reset to restart a chassis. This operation disconnects the server power.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password power reset
User role
Operator
Required permission
Power control
Examples
# Restart a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ power reset
Chassis Power Control: Reset
Trigger NMI diagnosis
Use this command to trigger NMI diagnosis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password power diag
User role
Operator
Required permission
Power control
Examples
# Trigger NMI diagnosis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ power diag
Chassis Power Control: Diag
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.07 |
Added this command. |
Set the power-on policy for a chassis
Use chassis policy to set the power-on policy that takes effect when the server is connected to the power source.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis policy power_policy
Table 3 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
power_policy |
Specify the power-on policy. Supported options: · always-on—Enables the server to power on automatically. · previous—Enables the server to return to the power state on the previous power-off. · always-off—Enables the server to stay off. |
Default
The power-on policy is previous. The server returns to the power state on the previous power-off.
User role
Operator
Required permission
Power control
Examples
# Set the power-on policy for a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis policy always-on
Set chassis power restore policy to always-on
Obtain the supported power-on policies of a chassis
Use chassis policy list to obtain the supported power-on policies of a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis policy list
User role
Operator
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the supported power-on policies of a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis policy list
Supported chassis power policy: always-off always-on previous
Server information obtaining
Obtain server version information
Use mc info to obtain server version information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password mc info
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain server version information from HDM 1.11.9.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ mc info
Device ID : 32
Device Revision : 1
Firmware Revision : 1.11
IPMI Version : 2.0
Manufacturer ID : 25506
Manufacturer Name : Unknown (0x63A2)
Product ID : 27 (0x001b)
Product Name : Unknown (0x1B)
Device Available : yes
Provides Device SDRs : no
Additional Device Support :
Sensor Device
SDR Repository Device
SEL Device
FRU Inventory Device
IPMB Event Receiver
IPMB Event Generator
Chassis Device
Aux Firmware Rev Info :
0x09
0x00
0x00
0x00
Obtain server GUID information
Use mc guid to obtain the globally unique identifier (GUID) information of the server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password mc guid
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain server GUID information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ mc guid
System GUID : 65e3328a-1019-04b0-e611-0edc168afafa
Timestamp : 03/02/2024 22:07:06
Obtain the current status of all sensors
Use sdr to obtain the current status of sensors in a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sdr
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sdr list
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Usage guidelines
This command returns the readings and status of all sensors in the chassis. The server is in healthy state only when all sensors are in heathy state.
Examples
# Obtain the current status and readings of all sensors in a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sdr
18-P/S 1 Zone | 39 degrees C | ok
19-P/S 2 Zone | 36 degrees C | ok
24-BMC Zone | 44 degrees C | ok
32-Outlet_Temp 1 | 45 degrees C | ok
33-Outlet_Temp 2 | 41 degrees C | ok
16-P/S 1 | 36 degrees C | ok
17-P/S 2 | 36 degrees C | ok
02-CPU 1 | 52 degrees C | ok
03-CPU 2 | 51 degrees C | ok
04-CPU 1 DTS | -40 degrees C | ok
05-CPU 2 DTS | -41 degrees C | ok
06-P1 DIMM Ch1-3 | 36 degrees C | ok
07-P1 DIMM Ch4-6 | 38 degrees C | ok
08-P2 DIMM Ch1-3 | 39 degrees C | ok
25-PCI 1 | 61 degrees C | ok
26-PCI 2 | no reading | ns
28-PCI 1 Zone | 44 degrees C | ok
29-PCI 2 Zone | no reading | ns
10-Front HD Max | 35 degrees C | ok
12-Rear HD Max | no reading | ns
22-HD Controller | 38 degrees C | ok
31-LOM Card | 43 degrees C | ok
01-Inlet Temp | 28 degrees C | ok
23-Expander Card | no reading | ns
13-Rear HD Zone | no reading | ns
09-P2 DIMM Ch4-6 | 37 degrees C | ok
15-PCH | 55 degrees C | ok
20-VR P1 | 43 degrees C | ok
21-VR P2 | 45 degrees C | ok
14-M.2 Zone | no reading | ns
FAN5_F_Speed | 5000 RPM | ok
FAN4_R_Speed | no reading | ns
FAN5_R_Speed | 5300 RPM | ok
FAN7_F_Speed | 5000 RPM | ok
FAN2_F_Speed | 4900 RPM | ok
FAN4_F_Speed | no reading | ns
FAN7_R_Speed | 5200 RPM | ok
FAN3_R_Speed | 5200 RPM | ok
FAN6_R_Speed | 5300 RPM | ok
FAN1_R_Speed | 5300 RPM | ok
FAN6_F_Speed | 5000 RPM | ok
FAN2_R_Speed | 5300 RPM | ok
FAN3_F_Speed | 5000 RPM | ok
FAN1_F_Speed | 5000 RPM | ok
CPU1_Status | 0x80 | ok
CPU2_Status | 0x80 | ok
PSU1_PIN | 95 Watts | ok
PSU2_PIN | 85 Watts | ok
PSU1_Status | 0x01 | ok
PSU2_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN1_F_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN2_F_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN3_F_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN4_F_Status | Not Readable | ns
FAN5_F_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN6_F_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN7_F_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN1_R_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN2_R_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN3_R_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN4_R_Status | Not Readable | ns
FAN5_R_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN6_R_Status | 0x01 | ok
FAN7_R_Status | 0x01 | ok
27-PCI 3 | no reading | ns
30-PCI 3 Zone | no reading | ns
SEL_sensor | 0x00 | ok
Watchdog2 | 0x00 | ok
OverCurrent | 0x01 | ok
11-Front NVMe | no reading | ns
AreaIntrusion | 0x00 | ok
CPU1_DDR_VPP1 | 2.58 Volts | ok
CPU1_DDR_VDDQ1 | 1.22 Volts | ok
CPU1_Vcore | 1.78 Volts | ok
CPU2_DDR_VPP2 | 2.58 Volts | ok
CPU2_DDR_VPP1 | 2.58 Volts | ok
CPU2_DDR_VDDQ2 | 1.22 Volts | ok
CPU2_DDR_VDDQ1 | 1.22 Volts | ok
CPU1_DDR_VPP2 | 2.58 Volts | ok
CPU1_DDR_VDDQ2 | 1.22 Volts | ok
CPU2_Vcore | 1.78 Volts | ok
PSU1_VIN | 231.60 Volts | ok
PSU2_VIN | 232.80 Volts | ok
SYS_3V3 | 3.28 Volts | ok
SYS_5V | 5.12 Volts | ok
SYS_3V_BAT | 3.28 Volts | ok
SYS_12V | 12 Volts | ok
HDD_BP3_12V | no reading | ns
HDD_BP2_12V | no reading | ns
HDD_BP1_12V | no reading | ns
PSU2_VOUT | 12 Volts | ok
PSU1_VOUT | 11.88 Volts | ok
CPU2_VDDQ1_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU1_VDDQ2_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU2_DDR_VPP2_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU2_VDDQ2_PG | 0x01 | ok
SYS_5V_STBY_PG | 0x01 | ok
BP_1_PG | 0x01 | ok
BP_2_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU1_DDR_VPP2_PG | 0x01 | ok
BP_3_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU1_DDR_VPP1_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU2_DDR_VPP1_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU1_VDDQ1_PG | 0x01 | ok
CPU2_DIMM_B1 | Not Readable | ns
CPU1_DIMM_A6 | 0x40 | ok
CPU2_DIMM_B5 | Not Readable | ns
CPU2_DIMM_B2 | 0x40 | ok
CPU1_DIMM_A1 | Not Readable | ns
CPU2_DIMM_B4 | Not Readable | ns
CPU1_DIMM_A4 | Not Readable | ns
CPU1_DIMM_A7 | Not Readable | ns
CPU2_DIMM_B3 | Not Readable | ns
CPU2_DIMM_B7 | Not Readable | ns
CPU2_DIMM_B8 | Not Readable | ns
CPU1_DIMM_A8 | Not Readable | ns
CPU2_DIMM_B6 | 0x40 | ok
CPU1_DIMM_A5 | Not Readable | ns
CPU1_DIMM_A2 | Not Readable | ns
CPU1_DIMM_A3 | 0x40 | ok
Obtain sensor type information
Use this command to obtain information about a sensor type in a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sdr type
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sdr type sdr_type
Table 4 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
sdr_type |
Specify a sensor type. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
· Obtain the list of supported sensor types in a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sdr type
Sensor Types:
Temperature Voltage
Current Fan
Physical Security Platform Security
Processor Power Supply
Power Unit Cooling Device
Other Memory
Drive Slot / Bay POST Memory Resize
System Firmwares Event Logging Disabled
Watchdog System Event
Critical Interrupt Button
Module / Board Microcontroller
Add-in Card Chassis
Chip Set Other FRU
Cable / Interconnect Terminator
System Boot Initiated Boot Error
OS Boot OS Critical Stop
Slot / Connector System ACPI Power State
Watchdog Platform Alert
Entity Presence Monitor ASIC
LAN Management Subsystem Health
· Obtain information about power supply sensors in a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sdr type "Power Supply"
PSU1_PIN | 3Bh | ns | 10.1 | No Reading
PSU1_Status | 48h | ok | 10.1 |
PSU2_PIN | 3Eh | ok | 10.2 | 105 Watts
PSU2_Status | 49h | ok | 10.2 | Presence detected
Total_Power | 87h | ok | 34.1 | 105 Watts
PSU_Redundancy | 8Fh | ok | 10.127 | Fully Redundant
FAN_Power | 7Eh | ok | 3.0 | 30 Watts
CPU_Power | C2h | ok | 3.5 | 20 Watts
MEM_Power | FAh | ok | 8.6 | 2 Watts
DISK_Power | C1h | ok | 19.0 | 6 Watts
Obtain the list of supported sensors in a chassis
Use sensor list to obtain the list of supported sensors in a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sensor list
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the list of supported sensors in a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sensor list
Sensor Name | Reading | Unit | Status| Crit low | Major low | Minor low | Minor high| Major high| Crit high
18-P/S 1 Zone | 39.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
19-P/S 2 Zone | 36.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
24-BMC Zone | 44.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
32-Outlet_Temp 1 | 45.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
33-Outlet_Temp 2 | 41.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
16-P/S 1 | 36.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 60.000 | 62.000 | na
17-P/S 2 | 36.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 60.000 | 62.000 | na
02-CPU 1 | 52.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
03-CPU 2 | 51.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
04-CPU 1 DTS | -40.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | -1.000 | na | na
05-CPU 2 DTS | -41.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | -1.000 | na | na
06-P1 DIMM Ch1-3 | 36.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 89.000 | 95.000 | na
07-P1 DIMM Ch4-6 | 38.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 89.000 | 95.000 | na
08-P2 DIMM Ch1-3 | 39.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 89.000 | 95.000 | na
25-PCI 1 | 60.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 90.000 | 100.000 | na
26-PCI 2 | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 90.000 | 100.000 | na
28-PCI 1 Zone | 44.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
29-PCI 2 Zone | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
10-Front HD Max | 35.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 60.000 | na | na
12-Rear HD Max | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 60.000 | na | na
22-HD Controller | 38.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 90.000 | 99.000 | 102.000
31-LOM Card | 43.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 90.000 | 100.000 | na
01-Inlet Temp | 28.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 50.000 | 52.000 | 54.000
23-Expander Card | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 100.000 | 120.000 | 125.000
13-Rear HD Zone | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
09-P2 DIMM Ch4-6 | 37.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 89.000 | 95.000 | na
15-PCH | 54.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 92.000 | 102.000 | na
20-VR P1 | 43.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 110.000 | 112.000 | na
21-VR P2 | 45.000 | degrees C | ok | na | na | na | 110.000 | 112.000 | na
14-M.2 Zone | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
FAN5_F_Speed | 5000.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN4_R_Speed | na | RPM | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN5_R_Speed | 5300.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN7_F_Speed | 5000.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN2_F_Speed | 5000.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN4_F_Speed | na | RPM | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN7_R_Speed | 5200.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN3_R_Speed | 5200.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN6_R_Speed | 5300.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN1_R_Speed | 5300.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN6_F_Speed | 5000.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN2_R_Speed | 5300.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN3_F_Speed | 5000.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN1_F_Speed | 5000.000 | RPM | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x8080| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x8080| na | na | na | na | na | na
PSU1_PIN | 95.000 | Watts | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
PSU2_PIN | 85.000 | Watts | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
PSU1_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
PSU2_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN1_F_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN2_F_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN3_F_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN4_F_Status | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN5_F_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN6_F_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN7_F_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN1_R_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN2_R_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN3_R_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN4_R_Status | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN5_R_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN6_R_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
FAN7_R_Status | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
27-PCI 3 | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 90.000 | 100.000 | na
30-PCI 3 Zone | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 95.000 | 100.000 | na
SEL_sensor | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0080| na | na | na | na | na | na
Watchdog2 | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0080| na | na | na | na | na | na
OverCurrent | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
11-Front NVMe | na | degrees C | na | na | na | na | 70.000 | na | na
AreaIntrusion | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0080| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DDR_VPP1 | 2.580 | Volts | ok | na | 2.340 | na | na | 2.760 | na
CPU1_DDR_VDDQ1 | 1.220 | Volts | ok | na | 1.080 | na | na | 1.320 | na
CPU1_Vcore | 1.780 | Volts | ok | na | 1.330 | na | na | 1.880 | na
CPU2_DDR_VPP2 | 2.580 | Volts | ok | na | 2.340 | na | na | 2.760 | na
CPU2_DDR_VPP1 | 2.580 | Volts | ok | na | 2.340 | na | na | 2.760 | na
CPU2_DDR_VDDQ2 | 1.220 | Volts | ok | na | 1.080 | na | na | 1.320 | na
CPU2_DDR_VDDQ1 | 1.220 | Volts | ok | na | 1.080 | na | na | 1.320 | na
CPU1_DDR_VPP2 | 2.580 | Volts | ok | na | 2.340 | na | na | 2.760 | na
CPU1_DDR_VDDQ2 | 1.220 | Volts | ok | na | 1.080 | na | na | 1.320 | na
CPU2_Vcore | 1.780 | Volts | ok | na | 1.330 | na | na | 1.880 | na
PSU1_VIN | 232.800 | Volts | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
PSU2_VIN | 235.200 | Volts | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
SYS_3V3 | 3.280 | Volts | ok | na | 2.960 | na | na | 3.600 | na
SYS_5V | 5.120 | Volts | ok | na | 4.480 | na | na | 5.520 | na
SYS_3V_BAT | 3.280 | Volts | ok | na | 2.000 | na | na | 3.680 | na
SYS_12V | 12.000 | Volts | ok | na | 10.800 | na | na | 13.200 | na
HDD_BP3_12V | na | Volts | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
HDD_BP2_12V | na | Volts | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
HDD_BP1_12V | na | Volts | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
PSU2_VOUT | 12.000 | Volts | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
PSU1_VOUT | 11.880 | Volts | ok | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_VDDQ1_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_VDDQ2_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DDR_VPP2_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_VDDQ2_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
SYS_5V_STBY_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
BP_1_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
BP_2_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DDR_VPP2_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
BP_3_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DDR_VPP1_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DDR_VPP1_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_VDDQ1_PG | 0x0 | discrete | 0x0180| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B1 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A6 | 0x0 | discrete | 0x4080| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B5 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B2 | 0x0 | discrete | 0x4080| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A1 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B4 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A4 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A7 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B3 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B7 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B8 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A8 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU2_DIMM_B6 | 0x0 | discrete | 0x4080| na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A5 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A2 | na | discrete | na | na | na | na | na | na | na
CPU1_DIMM_A3 | 0x0 | discrete | 0x4080| na | na | na | na | na | na
Table 5 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Status |
Sensor status. Supported options: · na—A sensor is absent. · ok—A sensor is operating correctly. · nc—A minor error occurs on a sensor. · cr—A major error occurs on a sensor. · nr—A critical error occurs on a sensor. The error is not recoverable. |
Obtain fan status information
Use sensor get to obtain status information of a fan in a chassis.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sensor get FAN_Status
Table 6 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
FAN_Status |
Specify the name of a fan status sensor, for example, FAN1_Status and FAN2_Status. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Usage guidelines
Make sure the specified sensor name is correct. To obtain the names of supported sensors, execute the sensor list command.
Examples
# Obtain status information of a fan in a chassis.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sensor get FAN1_Status
Locating sensor record...
Sensor ID : FAN1_Status (0x60)
Entity ID : 30.0
Sensor Type (Discrete): Fan
States Asserted : Availability State
[Transition to Running]
Related commands
sensor list
Obtain fan speed information
Use sensor get to obtain the rotation speed information of a fan.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sensor get FAN_Speed
Table 7 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
FAN_Speed |
Specify the name of a fan speed sensor, for example, FAN1_Speed and FAN2_Speed. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Usage guidelines
Make sure the specified sensor name is correct. To obtain the names of supported sensors, execute the sensor list command.
Examples
# Obtain the rotation speed information of a fan.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sensor get FAN1_Speed
Locating sensor record...
Sensor ID : FAN1_Speed (0x70)
Entity ID : 29.0
Sensor Type (Analog) : Fan
Sensor Reading : 3400 (+/- 0) RPM
Status : ok
Lower Non-Recoverable : na
Lower Critical : na
Lower Non-Critical : na
Upper Non-Critical : na
Upper Critical : na
Upper Non-Recoverable : na
Assertion Events :
Assertions Enabled :
Related commands
sensor list
Perform a server self-test on HDM
Use mc selftest to perform a server self-test on HDM.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password mc selftest
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Perform a server self-test on HDM.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ mc selftest
Selftest: passed
Reset HDM
Use mc reset to reset HDM.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password mc reset warm
Table 8 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
warm |
Specify warm reset. This operation resets HDM without disconnecting the system power. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Maintenance
Examples
# Reset HDM.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ mc reset warm
Sent warm reset command to MC
Obtain the reading of a sensor
Use sensor reading to obtain the reading of a sensor.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sensor reading sensor_id
Table 9 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
sensor_id |
Specify the sensor name. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Usage guidelines
Make sure the specified sensor name is correct. To obtain the names of supported sensors, execute the sensor list command.
This command can obtain reads of only available continuous-type sensors such as temperature, voltage, current, power, and speed sensors.
Examples
# Obtain the reading of a sensor.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sensor reading FAN5_F_Speed
FAN5_F_Speed | 5000
Related commands
sensor list
Set the alarm threshold for a sensor
Use sensor thresh to set the alarm threshold for a sensor.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sensor thresh sensor_id threshold value
Table 10 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
sensor_id |
Specify the sensor name. |
|
threshold |
Specify the threshold type. Table 11 displays the available threshold types. |
|
value |
Specify the threshold value. |
Table 11 Available threshold types
|
Type |
Description |
|
unr |
Upper critical alarm threshold. |
|
ucr |
Upper major alarm threshold. |
|
unc |
Upper minor alarm threshold. |
|
lnc |
Lower critical alarm threshold. |
|
lcr |
Lower major alarm threshold. |
|
lnr |
Lower minor alarm threshold. |
|
lower |
Specifies all lower alarm thresholds in the following order: lower minor, lower major, and lower critical. |
|
upper |
Specifies all upper alarm thresholds in the following order: upper minor, upper major, and upper critical. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Maintenance
Usage guidelines
|
|
CAUTION: As a best practice, perform this task under professional guidance. |
Make sure the specified sensor name is correct. To obtain the names of supported sensors, execute the sensor list command.
Examples
# Set the upper minor, upper major, and upper critical thresholds of the HDM temperature sensor to 70°C (158°F), 80°C (176°F), and 90°C (194°F), respectively.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sensor thresh "24-BMC Zone" upper 70 80 90
Locating sensor record '24-BMC Zone'...
Setting sensor "24-BMC Zone" Upper Non-Critical threshold to 70.000
Setting sensor "24-BMC Zone" Upper Critical threshold to 80.000
Setting sensor "24-BMC Zone" Upper Non-Recoverable threshold to 90.000
Related commands
sensor list
Obtain SEL information
Use sel to obtain SEL information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password sel
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain SEL information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ sel
SEL Information
Version : 1.5 (v1.5, v2 compliant)
Entries : 175
Free Space : 62352 bytes
Percent Used : 4%
Last Add Time : 01/01/2018 08:00:27
Last Del Time : Not Available
Overflow : false
Supported Cmds : 'Delete' 'Partial Add' 'Reserve' 'Get Alloc Info'
# of Alloc Units : 3639
Alloc Unit Size : 18
# Free Units : 3464
Largest Free Blk : 3464
Max Record Size : 13
Obtain FRU information
Use fru to obtain FRU information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password fru
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain FRU information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ fru
FRU Device Description : Builtin FRU Device (ID 0)
Chassis Type : Rack Mount Chassis
Chassis Part Number : 0200A00T
Chassis Serial : 210200A00TH177000016
Chassis Extra : User Defined
Chassis Extra : 74EACB5A5D7C
Chassis Extra : 6
Chassis Extra : FC9612PW11
Board Mfg Date : Fri Jul 14 00:00:00 2017
Board Mfg : ABC
Board Product : RS23M2C3S
Board Serial : 02A3U0H176000003
Board Part Number : 0302A3U0
Board Extra : 210235A2DBH177000014
Product Manufacturer : Unis Huashan Technologies Co., Ltd.
Product Name : UniServer R2700 G3
Product Part Number : 0200A00T
Product Serial : 210200A00TH177000016
Product Asset Tag : @!!
FRU Device Description : Expander (ID 1)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : BackPanel1 (ID 2)
Board Mfg Date : Thu Apr 20 08:00:00 2017
Board Mfg : ABC
Board Product : RS33B08SA
Board Serial : 02A3GNH174000023
Board Part Number : 0302A3GN
Board Extra : 02A3GNH174000023
FRU Device Description : HBA_Raid (ID 12)
Board Mfg Date : Sat Jun 17 08:00:00 2017
Board Mfg : ABC
Board Product : RS33H2P8SA
Board Serial : 02A3H0H176000047
Board Part Number : 0302A3H0
Board Extra : 02A3H0H176000047
FRU Device Description : BackPanel2 (ID 13)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : mLOM (ID 3)
Unknown FRU header version 0xff
FRU Device Description : PcieCard1 (ID 5)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : PcieCard2 (ID 8)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : BackPanel3 (ID 14)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : Riser1 (ID 16)
Board Mfg Date : Thu Jun 8 08:00:00 2017
Board Mfg : ABC
Board Product : RS33RGPX16
Board Serial : 02A3H9H176000059
Board Part Number : 0302A3H9
Board Extra : 02A3H9H176000059
FRU Device Description : Riser2 (ID 17)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : M.2 (ID 15)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : Mezzine (ID 19)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : LP_Card (ID 20)
Device not present (Requested sensor, data, or record not found)
FRU Device Description : MB BMC (ID 21)
Product Manufacturer : ABC
Product Name : BMC
Product Part Number : HDM
Product Version : 1.11.09
FRU Device Description : MB BIOS (ID 22)
Product Manufacturer : ABC
Product Name : BIOS
Product Part Number : C35
Product Version : 1.01.04
Obtain current session information
Use session info to obtain information about the current HDM sessions.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password session info { active | all | id id | handle handle }
Table 12 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
active |
Specify active sessions. |
|
all |
Specify all sessions. |
|
id id |
Specify the ID of a user, in the 0xnnnnnnnn format. |
|
handle handle |
Specify a session handle, in the 0xnn format. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain information about active sessions.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ session info active
session handle : 13
slot count : 36
active sessions : 1
user id : 2
privilege level : ADMINISTRATOR
session type : IPMIv2/RMCP+
channel number : 0x01
console ip : 192.16.1.196
console mac : 2c:41:38:9f:9b:ab
console port : 2043
Obtain server power status and UID LED status
Use this command to obtain server power status and UID LED status.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x00 0x01
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain server power status and UID LED status.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x00 0x01
41 01 40 f0
Table 13 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Bits[7:1]: N/A Bit[0]: Current power status. Supported options: · 1b—Power-on. · 0b—Power-off. |
|
Data[2] |
N/A |
|
Data[3] |
Bit[7]: Reserved. Bit[6]: Indicates whether UID LED is supported. Supported options: · 1b—Supported. · 0b—Not supported. Bits[5:4]: UID LED status. · Supported options for G3: ¡ 00b—Off. ¡ 01b—Steady on. ¡ 10b—Flashing. ¡ 11b—Reserved. · Supported options for G5: ¡ 00b—Off. ¡ 01b—Flashing. ¡ 10b—Steady on. ¡ 11b—Reserved. Bits[3:0]: N/A |
|
Data[4] |
N/A |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.04 |
Changed the UID LED status for G5 servers to the standard. |
Set server UID LED status
Use this command to set server UID LED status.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x00 0x04 0x00 uid_state
Table 14 Request field description
|
Request field |
Description |
|
uid_state |
Specify the status of UID LED. Supported options: · 0x00: Off. · 0x01: On. |
Required permission
Remote control
Examples
# Set server UID LED status to off.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x00
# Set server UID LED status to on.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x01
Obtain FRU information
Use this command to obtain FRU information and saves the information to the fru.bin file in the current directory.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password fru read ID directory/xxx.bin
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain system board FRU information and save the information to the current directory.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.30.41 -U admin -P Password@_ fru read 0 ./fru.bin
Fru Size : 992 bytes
Done
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.07 |
Added this command. |
User management
Obtain information about all HDM users
Use user list to obtain information about all HDM users.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user list
User role
Operator
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain information about all HDM users.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user list
ID Name Callin Link Auth IPMI Msg Channel Priv Limit
1 false false true ADMINISTRATOR
2 admin false false true ADMINISTRATOR
Obtain brief HDM user information
Use user summary to obtain brief HDM user information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user summary
User role
Operator
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain brief HDM user information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user summary
Maximum IDs : 16
Enabled User Count : 2
Fixed Name Count : 2
Add an HDM user
Use user set name to add an HDM user.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user set name user_id username
Table 15 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
user_id |
Specify a user ID. Make sure the user ID is no larger than the value of the Maximum IDs field in the output from the user summary command. |
|
username |
Specify a username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 16 characters. Only letters, digits, dots (.), hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed. |
Default
Only an administrator user exists and the username is admin.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts
Usage guidelines
If the specified user ID already exists with a different username, the command changes the existing username of the user.
To add a user, you must also specify the password, enable HDM access, and specify the HDM user role for the user.
Examples
# Add an HDM user, set the user ID to 9, and specify the username as test.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user set name 9 test
# View information about all HDM users.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user list
ID Name Callin Link Auth IPMI Msg Channel Priv Limit
1 false false true ADMINISTRATOR
2 admin false false true ADMINISTRATOR
9 test true false false NO ACCESS
Related commands
user set password
user enable
user priv
Set the password for an HDM user
Use user set password to set the password for an HDM user.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user set password user_id password
Table 16 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
user_id |
Specify a user ID. Make sure the user ID already exists. |
|
password |
Specify the password string, a case-sensitive string. The password can contain 16 or 20 characters. Only letters, digits, spaces, and the following special characters are allowed: `~!@#$%^&*()_+-=[]\{}|;':",./<>? |
Default
No password is set for an HDM user.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts/Password modification
Usage guidelines
To add a user, you must specify a password for the user.
Examples
# Specify a password for the user whose ID is 9.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user set password 9 123
Related commands
user set name
user enable
user priv
Verify an HDM user password
Use user test to verify an HDM user password.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user test user_id password_max_len_type password
Table 17 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
user_id |
Specify the user ID. Make sure the specified user ID already exists. |
|
password_max_len_type |
Specify the password length. Options include 16 and 20. |
|
password |
Specify the password. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts/Password modification
Examples
# Verify the password of the HDM user whose user ID is 9.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user test 9 16 123
Success
// The system returns success for a valid password.
Disable HDM access
Use user disable to disable HDM access for a user.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user disable user_id
Table 18 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
user_id |
Specify the user ID. Make sure the specified user ID already exists. |
Default
HDM access is enabled for the default user admin and disabled for manually added users.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts/Password modification
Examples
# Disable HDM access for the user whose user ID is 9.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user disable 9
Enable HDM access
Use user enable to enable HDM access for a user.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user disable user_id
Table 19 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
user_id |
Specify the user ID. Make sure the specified user ID already exists. |
Default
HDM access is enabled for the default user admin and disabled for manually added users.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts/Password modification
Usage guidelines
For a manually added user to access HDM, you must enable HDM access for the user.
Examples
# Enable HDM access for the user whose user ID is 9.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user enable 9
Related commands
user set name
user set password
user priv
Delete an HDM access
Use this command to delete an HDM user.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x06 0x45 user_id 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff
Table 20 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
user_id |
Specify the user ID. Make sure the specified user ID already exists. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts
Examples
# Delete the HDM user whose user ID is 9.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x06 0x45 0x09 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff
Specify the HDM user role
Use user priv to specify the HDM user role for a user.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password user priv user_id privilege_level
Default
The HDM user role of the default user admin is administrator and the HDM user role of a manually added user is none.
Table 21 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
user_id |
Specify the user ID. Make sure the specified user ID already exists. |
|
privilege_level |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: · 2—Specifies the user role. The user has read-only permission. · 3—Specifies the operator role. The user has read permission to all features and has write permission to some features. · 4—Specifies the administrator role. The user has read and write permissions to all features. · 6 to 10—Custom 1 to 5. · 15—None. The user does not have network access permissions. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts
Usage guidelines
For a manually added user to access HDM, you must use this command to specify non-none HDM user role for the user.
Some ipmitool tools verify user permissions and support only one OEM permission (privilege_level=0x05). The ipmitool-1.8.8 supports configuring the privilege level in the range of 6 to 10.
Examples
# Specify the administrator role for the user whose ID is 9.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ user priv 9 4
Related commands
user set name
user set password
user enable
user priv
Change history
|
Field |
Description |
|
HDM-2.0.04 |
Added user roles custom 1 to 5. |
HDM IPv4 management
Obtain the IP address obtaining method for a network port
Use this command to obtain the IP address obtaining method for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0x04 0x00 0x00
Table 22 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the IP address obtaining method for the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x02 0x01 0x04 0x00 0x00
11 01
Table 23 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2] |
IP address obtaining method. Supported options: · 01—Static IP. · 02—DHCP. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Obtain the IP address of a network port
Use user priv to obtain the IP address of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0x03 0x00 0x00
Table 24 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Use a in-band system command to obtain the IP address the shared network port.
[root@localhost~]#ipmitool raw 0x0c 0x02 0x01 0x03 0x00 0x00
11 c0 a8 32 a6
Table 25 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2:5] |
IP address of the network port, in hexadecimal notation. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Obtain the MAC address of a network port
Use this command to obtain the MAC address of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0x05 0x00 0x00
Table 26 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the MAC address of the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x02 0x01 0x05 0x00 0x00
11 30 7b ac 76 0f 65
Table 27 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2:7] |
MAC address of the network port. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Obtain the subnet mask of a network port
Use this command to obtain the subnet mask of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0x06 0x00 0x00
Table 28 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the subnet mask of the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x02 0x01 0x05 0x00 0x00
11 30 7b ac 76 0f 65
Table 29 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2:5] |
Subnet mask of the network port. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Obtain the gateway address
Use this command to obtain the gateway address.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0x0c 0x00 0x00
Table 30 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the gateway address of the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x02 0x01 0x0c 0x00 0x00
11 c0 a8 32 01
Table 31 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2:5] |
IP address of the gateway, in hexadecimal notation. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Set the IP address obtaining method for a network port
Use this command to set the IP address obtaining method for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0x04 Data[2]
Table 32 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2] |
Specify IP obtaining method. Supported options: · 01—Static IP. · 02—DHCP. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Examples
# Set the IP obtaining method of the shared network port to DHCP.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0x04 0x02
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Specify a static IP address for a network port
Use this command to specify a static IP address for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0x03 Data[2:5]
Table 33 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2:5] |
Specify an IP address, in hexadecimal notation. |
Default
No IP address is specified for a network port.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
This command is available only when the IP obtaining method is static for the network port.
Examples
# Specify a static IP address for the shared network port.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0x03 0xc0 0x10 0x01 0x4e
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Specify the subnet mask for a network port
Use this command to specify a subnet mask for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0x06 Data[2:5]
Table 34 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2:5] |
Specify a subnet mask, in hexadecimal notation. |
Default
No subnet mask is specified for a network port.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
This command is available only when the IP obtaining method is static for the network port.
Examples
# Specify a subnet mask for the shared network port.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0x06 0xff 0x00 0x00 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Specify the gateway address for a network port
Use this command to specify a gateway address for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0x0c Data[2:5]
Table 35 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2:5] |
Specify a gateway address, in hexadecimal notation. |
Default
No gateway address is specified for a network port.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
This command is available only when the IP obtaining method is static for the network port.
Make sure the gateway address is in the same network segment as the IP address of the network port.
Examples
# Specify a gateway address for the shared network port.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0x0c 0xc0 0xa8 0x32 0x01
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
HDM IPv6 management
Obtain the IPv6 address of a network port
Use this command to obtain the IPv6 address of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0xcf 0x00 0x00
Table 36 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Specify the administrator role for the user whose ID is 9.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x02 0x08 0x0cf 0x00 0x00
11 fe 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 ee d6 8a ff fe 3c 0d 2f
Table 37 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2:17] |
IPv6 address of the network port, in hexadecimal notation. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Specify a static IPv6 address for a network port
Use this command to specify a static IP address for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0x38 0x00 0x80 Data[2:17] Data[18] 0x00
Table 38 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2:17] |
Specify an IPv6 address, in hexadecimal notation. |
|
Data[18] |
Specify the IPv6 prefix, in hexadecimal notation. |
Default
A port obtains an IPv6 address through DHCP.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
In bonding mode, the specified IPv6 address also applies to the bond port (bond0).
Examples
# Specify a static IPv6 address for the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0x38 0x00 0x80 0x20 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x20 0x40 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Specify the prefix length for a network port
Use this command to specify a prefix length for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0xc6 Data[2] Data[3]
Table 39 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2] |
Specify the position of the IPv6 prefix. This field is fixed to 0. |
|
Data[3] |
Specify the prefix length. |
Default
A port obtains a prefix length address through DHCP.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
This command is available only when a static IPv6 address has been specified for the network port.
Examples
# Set the prefix length to 72 for the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0xc6 0x00 0x48
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Obtain the prefix length of a network port
Use this command to obtain the prefix length of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0xc6 0x00 0x00
Table 40 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the prefix length of the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x02 0x08 0xc6 0x00 0x00
11 40
Table 41 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2] |
Prefix length, in hexadecimal notation. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Obtain the IPv6 address obtaining method for a network port
Use this command to obtain the IPv6 address obtaining method for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x02 Data[1] 0xc4 0x00 0x00
Table 42 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the IPv6 address obtaining method for the shared network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x02 0x01 0xc4 0x00 0x00
11 01
Table 43 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
This field is fixed to 0x11. |
|
Data[2] |
IPv6 address obtaining method. Supported options: · 01—Static IP. · 02—DHCP. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Set the IPv6 address obtaining method for a network port
Use this command to set the IPv6 address obtaining method for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0xc4 Data[2]
Table 44 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2] |
Specify the IPv6 obtaining method. Supported options: · 01—Static IP. · 02—DHCP. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
You can use this command to change the IPv6 address obtaining method from static to DHCP. To change the method from DHCP to static, use the command as shown in "Specify a static IPv6 address for a network port."
Examples
# Change the IPv6 address obtaining method from static to DHCP for the shared network port.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0xc4 0x02
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
Specify the IPv6 gateway address for a network port
Use this command to specify the IPv6 gateway address for a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0c 0x01 Data[1] 0xc7 Data[2:17]
Table 45 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Specify the HDM user role. Supported options: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
|
Data[2:17] |
Specify an IPv6 gateway address, in hexadecimal notation. |
Default
No IPv6 gateway address is specified for a network port.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
This command is available only when the IPv6 obtaining method is static for the network port.
Make sure the IPv6 gateway address is in the same network segment as the IPv6 address of the network port.
Examples
# Specify an IPv6 gateway address for the shared network port.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0c 0x01 0x01 0xc7 0x3f 0xfe 0x05 0x01 0xee 0xee 0x00 0x02 0x3a 0x91 0xd5 0xff 0xfe 0xec 0x60 0xd3
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
The HDM user role was changed as follows: G3: · 0x01—Specifies the shared network port. · 0x08—Specifies the dedicated network port. G5: · 0x01—Specifies the dedicated network port. · 0x08—Specifies the shared network port. |
System boot
Set the one-time next boot option
Use chassis bootdev to set the one-time next boot option.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis bootdev boot_mode boot_mode
Table 46 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
boot_mode |
Specify the boot option. Options include disk, cdrom, and pxe. |
Default
The server starts from the boot option configured in the BIOS.
User role
Operator
Required permission
Remote control
Examples
# Set the one-time next boot option to cdrom.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis bootdev cdrom
Set Boot Device to cdrom
Remove the configured one-time next boot option
Use chassis bootdev none to remove the configured one-time next boot option and enable the server to start from the boot option configured in the BIOS.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis bootdev none
User role
Operator
Required permission
Remote control
Examples
# Remove the configured one-time next boot option.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis bootdev none
Configure the server to enter the BIOS setup utility after startup
Use chassis bootdev bios to configure the server to enter the BIOS setup utility after startup.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password chassis bootdev bios
Default
The server starts up as configured in the BIOS.
User role
Operator
Required permission
Remote control
Examples
# Configure the server to enter the BIOS setup utility after startup.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis bootdev bios
Set Boot Device to bios
Device extended commands
Hardware information
Obtain the number of present PCIe modules
Use this command to obtain the number of present PCIe modules, including storage controllers and AIC NVMe drives.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x1f
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the number of present PCIe modules.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x1f
a2 63 00 03
Table 47 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Number of present PCIe modules. |
Obtain PCIe module information
Use this command to obtain information about PCIe modules, including storage controllers, GPUs, NICs, and U.2 NVMe drives.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x20 pcie_index
Table 48 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
pcie_index |
Specify the index of the PCIe module, starting from 0. The value range varies by device model. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain information about the PCIe module with index 2.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x20 0x02
a2 63 00 03 00 86 80 d1 37 86 80 00 00 3d 3d 01
01 19 01 4e 49 43 2d 47 45 2d 34 50 2d 33 36 30
54 2d 4c 33 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 31 2e
31 37 36 37 2e 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 01 00 30 32 41 33 47 4b 48 31 37 42 30 30
30 32 36 37 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 30 33 30 32 41 33 47 4b 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00
00 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 ff 00 00 00
Table 49 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:5] |
Slot number. |
|
Data[6:7] |
Vendor ID. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Device ID. |
|
Data[10:11] |
Sub vendor ID. |
|
Data[12:13] |
Sub device ID. |
|
Data[14:15] |
Bus number. The lower bytes come first. |
|
Data[16] |
Current speed. · 1—2.5GT/s. · 2—5.0GT/s. · 3—8.0GT/s. · 4—16.0GT/s. |
|
Data[17] |
Current bandwidth. · 1—x1. · 2—x2. · 4—x4. · 8—x8. · 16—x16. |
|
Data[18] |
Max speed. · 1—2.5GT/s. · 2—5.0GT/s. · 3—8.0GT/s. · 4—16.0GT/s. · 5—32.0GT/s. · 25—2.5GT/s. · 50—5.0GT/s. · 80—8.0GT/s. · 96—16.0GT/s. · 160—16.0GT/s. |
|
Data[19] |
PCIe generation. |
|
Data[20:59] |
Product name. |
|
Data[60] |
PCIe status. Supported options: · 0—Normal. · 1—Abnormal. · 2—Absent. |
|
Data[61] |
Page display. Supported options: · 0—No. · 1—Yes. |
|
Data[62] |
Alarm status. Options: · 0—Normal. · 1—Alarm triggered. |
|
Data[63:70] |
Reserved. This field is 0 by default. |
|
Data[63:82] |
Firmware version. |
|
Data[83:84] |
Network adapter port speed. |
|
Data[85-116] |
Serial number. The serial number has 32 characters and ends with \0. |
|
Data[117-141] |
Part number. The part number has 25 characters and ends with \0. |
|
Data[142] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[143] |
PciBaseClassCode. |
|
Data[144] |
PciSubClassCode. |
|
Data[145] |
PCIe bus range. |
|
Data[146] |
Device ID. |
|
Data[147] |
Function ID. |
|
Data[148] |
Network adapter ports. |
|
Data[149] |
CPU bus. |
|
Data[150 |
CPU device. |
|
Data[151] |
CPU function. |
|
Data[152] |
CPU ID. 0xff represents invalid values. |
|
Data[153-168] |
Slot description. |
|
Data[169] |
PCIe device type. · 0—Not present. · 1—Ethernet. · 2—GPU. · 3—FC HBA. · 4—IB. · 5—RAID/HBA. · 6—M.2 NVMe. · 7—AIC NVMe. · 8—Retimer. · 9—Switch. · 10—M.2. · 11—U2 NVME (not supported). · 12—REDRIVER. · 13—QAT. · 14—Clock card. · 15—MOC card. |
|
Data[170] |
Card bandwidth. Maximum number of PCIe lanes supported. |
|
Data[171-173] |
Reserved[3] |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.32 |
Added options 1 to 5 for the MaxSpeed field. |
|
HDM-2.51 |
Added the MOC card field for the PCIe device type. |
|
HDM-2.28 |
Added the Clock card field for the PCIe device type. |
|
HDM-2.27 |
Added the QAT field for the PCIe device type. |
|
HDM-2.26 |
Added the Card bandwidth field. |
|
HDM-2.17.00 |
Resolved the compatibility issue in 2.13.00 by moving the CPU bus, CPU device, and CPU function fields to the rear of the PortNum field. |
|
HDM-2.16.00 |
Added the U2 NVME and REDRIVER fields for the PCIe device type. |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added the CPU bus, CPU device, and CPU function fields to the rear of the PciProgIF field, which caused compatibility issues. |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added the CPU ID, slot description, and PCIe device type fields. |
|
HDM-1.30.17 |
Added the network adapter ports field. |
|
HDM-1.30.09 |
Added the PciBaseClassCode, PciSubClassCode, PCIe bus range, device ID, and function ID fields. |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added the serial number and part number fields. |
Obtain port information on an Ethernet adapter
Use this command to obtain information about ports on an Ethernet adapter.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x16 mlom_id
Table 50 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
mlom_id |
Specify the ID of an Ethernet adapter. For a 1U device, the ID is 3. For a 2U device, the ID is 9. For other devices, the ID is the number of the slot in which the Ethernet adapter resides. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain information about ports on the Ethernet adapter in slot 9.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x16 0x09
a2 63 00 04 01 09 74 ea cb 5a 5d 7e 02 09 74 ea
cb 5a 5d 7f 03 09 74 ea cb 5a 5d 80 04 09 74 ea
cb 5a 5d 81 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 51 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Number of ports on the Ethernet adapter. |
|
Data[5:132] |
Detailed port information, including port number (1 byte), reserved field (1 byte), and MAC address (6 bytes). Information about each port occupies eight bytes and a maximum of 16 ports are supported. If a port is absent, 0x00 is displayed in the output. |
Obtain the number of supported CPUs and DIMMs
Use this command to obtain the number of supported CPUs and DIMMs.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0b
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the number of supported CPUs and DIMMs.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0b
a2 63 00 ff 02 18 0c 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 52 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Base board type. Supported options: · 20h—V5R1. · 00h—UIS. · 28h—CR16K. · ffh—Unknown. This field is available only for G2 servers. |
|
Data[5] |
Maximum number of CPUs, in hexadecimal notation. |
|
Data[6] |
Maximum number of DIMMs, in hexadecimal notation. |
|
Data[7] |
Maximum number of DIMMs supported by each CPU, in hexadecimal notation. |
|
Data[8:13] |
Reserved. This field is 0 by default. |
Obtain CPU information
Use this command to obtain the presence status and parameters of a CPU.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x07 cpu_id
Table 53 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
cpu_id |
Specify the ID of a CPU, starting from 0. The value range varies by device model. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain CPU information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x07 0x01
a2 63 00 01 01 00 00 49 6e 74 65 6c 28 52 29 20
58 65 6f 6e 28 52 29 20 42 72 6f 6e 7a 65 20 33
31 30 34 20 43 50 55 20 40 20 31 2e 37 30 47 48
7a 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 02 fc 00 a4 06 80 01 00
18 00 21 06 06 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00
Table 54 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
CPU number. |
|
Data[5] |
Presence status of the CPU. Supported options: · 0h—Absent. · 1h—Present. |
|
Data[6] |
Data source. Supported options: · 00h—BIOS. · 01h—Agent. · Others—Reserved. |
|
Date[7] |
Version field. This field is reserved and is 0 by default. |
|
Data[8:71] |
CPU model. The model ends with \0. |
|
Data[72] |
CPU status. Supported options: · 00h—Unavailable. · 01h—Good. |
|
Data[73] |
Number of memory controller (MC). |
|
Data[74:75] |
Processor attributes. Supported options: · BIT0—Reserved. · BIT1—Unknown. · BIT2—64-bit capable. · BIT3—Multi-core. · BIT4—Hardware thread. · BIT5—Execute protection. · BIT6—Enhanced virtualization. · BIT7—Power/Performance control. · BIT8-15—Reserved. |
|
Data[76:77] |
Base frequency, in MHz. |
|
Data[78:79] |
L1 cache, in little endian format. |
|
Data[80:81] |
L2 cache, in little endian format. |
|
Data[82:83] |
L3 cache, in little endian format. |
|
Data[84] |
Total number of cores. |
|
Data[85] |
Number of available cores. |
|
Data[86] |
Number of threads. |
|
Data[87] |
Cache unit. · 0, 1—L1 cache unit. · 2, 3—L2 cache unit. · 4, 5—L3 cache unit. Cache unit: · 0—KB. (Default.) · 1—MB. · 2—GB. |
|
Data[88:95] |
CPU ID, in little endian format. |
|
Data[96:103] |
CPU SN, in little endian format. This field is reserved. |
|
Data[104:111] |
CPU PPIN, in little endian format. |
|
Data[112-113] |
Maximum CPU frequency, in MHz and in little endian format. |
|
Data[114:129] |
Reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.36 |
Corrected the error description for Data[74-75]. The features supported by the processor should be analyzed and interpreted according to bit positions. |
|
HDM-1.30.13 |
Added the maximum CPU frequency field. |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added the CPU SN and CPU PPIN fields. |
Obtain memory information
Use this command to obtain memory information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x08 Memory_Index
Table 55 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Memory_Index |
Specify the index of a DIMM. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain memory information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x08 0x00
a2 63 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 01 01 48 4d 41 38 31
47 52 37 41 46 52 38 4e 2d 56 4b 20 20 20 00 1a
03 01 00 00 ad 00 20 00 00 55 08 6a 0a 01 33 32
35 43 38 45 36 33 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00
Table 56 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4-55] |
G3 memory information. For more information, see Table 57. |
|
Data[56-177] |
G5 memory information. For more information, see Table 58. |
Table 57 G3 memory information
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[4] |
Channel number. |
|
Data[5] |
Presence status. Supported options: · 00h—Absent. · 01h—Present. |
|
Data[6] |
Data source. Supported options: · 00h—BIOS. · 01h—Agent. · Others—Reserved. |
|
Data[7] |
CPU number. Supported options: · 00h—CPU 1. · 01h—CPU 2. |
|
Data[8] |
Channel number. |
|
Data[9] |
DIMM number in the channel. |
|
Data[10] |
DIMM authentication status. Supported options: · 02h—Genuine. · 03h—Piracy. · Others—Reserved. |
|
Data[11] |
DIMM status. Supported options: · 0—Unavailable or disabled. · 1—Available. · 2—Abnormal. · 3—Not initialized. |
|
Data[12:31] |
Part number. |
|
Data[32] |
DIMM type. Supported options: · 18h—DDR3. · 1ah—DDR4. · 1bh—LPDDR. · 1ch—LPDDR2. · 1dh—LPDDR3. · 1eh—LPDDR4. · Others—N/A. |
|
Data[33] |
Operating voltage. Supported options: · 00h—1.1 V. · 01h—1.35 V. · 03h—1.2 V. |
|
Data[34] |
Bits[7:4]: Reserved. Bits[3:0]: DIMM ranks. |
|
Data[35] |
Memory technology. Supported options: · 00h—RDIMM. · 01h—UDIMM. · 02h—SODIMM. · 09h—LRDIMM. · Others—N/A. |
|
Data[36:37] |
Vendor number. |
|
Data[38:41] |
DIMM capacity, in MB. |
|
Data[42:43] |
Current frequency, in MTs. |
|
Data[44:45] |
Maximum frequency, in Hz. |
|
Data[46] |
Support for ECC. Supported options: · 00h—Not supported. · 01h—Supported. |
|
Data[47:54] |
Memory serial number. |
|
Data[55] |
Reserved. This field can be extended and is 0 by default. |
Table 58 G5 memory information
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[56] |
DIMM ID. |
|
Data[57] |
Presence status. Supported options: · 00h—Absent. · 01h—Present. |
|
Data[58] |
Data source. Supported options: · 00h—BIOS. · 01h—Agent. · Others—Reserved. |
|
Data[59] |
CPU number. Supported options: · 00h—CPU 1. · 01h—CPU 2. |
|
Data[60] |
Channel number. |
|
Data[61] |
DIMM number in the channel. |
|
Data[62] |
DIMM authentication status. Supported options: · 02h—Genuine. · 03h—Piracy. · Others—Reserved. |
|
Data[63] |
DIMM status. Supported options: · 0—Unavailable or disabled. · 1—Available. · 2—Abnormal. · 3—Not initialized. |
|
Data[64:83] |
Part number |
|
Data[84] |
DIMM type. Supported options: · 18h—DDR3. · 1ah—DDR4. · 1bh—LPDDR. · 1ch—LPDDR2. · 1dh—LPDDR3. · 1eh—LPDDR4. · Others—N/A. |
|
Data[85] |
Operating voltage. Supported options: · 00h—1.5 V. · 01h—1.35 V. · 03h—1.2 V. |
|
Data[86] |
Bits[7:4]: Reserved. Bits[3:0]: DIMM ranks. |
|
Data[87:102] |
Memory technology. Supported options: · 00h—RDIMM. · 01h—UDIMM. · 02h—SODIMM. · 09h—LRDIMM. |
|
Data[103:104] |
Vendor number. |
|
Data[105:108] |
DIMM capacity, in MB. |
|
Data[109:110] |
Current frequency, in Hz. |
|
Data[111:112] |
Maximum frequency, in Hz. |
|
Data[113] |
Support for ECC. Supported options: · 00h—Not supported. · 01h—Supported. |
|
Data[114:145] |
Memory serial number. |
|
Data[146:177] |
Reserved. This field can be extended and is 0 by default. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.05 |
Added Data[56:177] to obtain G5 memory information. |
Obtain product generation
Use this command to obtain the product generation.
|
|
NOTE: This command does not have operation log records. |
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x05 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x02
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
UIS, G3, and G5 products.
Examples
# Obtain product generation.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x05 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x02
a2 63 00 34 40 00 5a 04 11 03 01 06 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Table 59 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:9] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[10] |
Product generation: · 1—UIS. · 3—G3. · 5—G5. |
|
Data[11:13] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[14] |
Product generation of HDM software. · 0—HDM. |
|
Data[15:19] |
Reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-6.05 |
No functional changes. Added Data[14] occupancy description, which can be used to distinguish generation information of HDM software. G3/G5 products still return 00h. |
Obtain expander information
Use this command to obtain expander information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x8d Exp_Index
Table 60 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code ( 0x8D). |
|
Data[7] |
Expander index. |
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain expander information.
ipmitool -H 127.0.0.1 -I lanplus -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x8d 0x01
Response values:
a2 63 00 02 01 46 72 6f 6e 74 42 61 63 6b 50 61
6e 65 6c 34 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 30 32 41 32 4e 33 31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 30 33 30 32 41 32 4e 34 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 33 2e 30 30 2e 30 31 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 33 2e 33 32 2e 30 31 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00
Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Number of expanders. |
|
Data[5] |
Expander index. |
|
Data[6-37] |
Expander location. |
|
Data[38-69] |
Expander serial number. |
|
Data[70-101] |
Expander part number. |
|
Data[102-117] |
Expander firmware version. |
|
Data[118-133] |
Current expander configuration file. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added this command. |
Obtain server health status
Use this command to obtain the health status of the server and its subsystems.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x05 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0a
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the health status of the server and its subsystems.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x05 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0a
20 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 61 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is in the range of 0 to 2. |
|
Data[4] |
System health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[5] |
Health status of the temperature subsystem. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[6] |
Health status of the voltage subsystem. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[7] |
Health status of the power subsystem. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[8] |
Health status of the fan subsystem. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[9] |
Health status of the physical drive system. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[10] |
Health status of the TPM system. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[11] |
System power status. Supported options: · 00h—On. · 01h—Off. |
|
Data[12] |
Memory health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[13] |
CPU health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[14] |
PCI health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[15] |
mLOM (G3)/OCP (G5) health status. Supported options: · 00h—The mLOM/OCP network adapter is present. · 01h—The mLOM/OCP network adapter is absent. · 02h—The mLOM/OCP network adapter is present but failed to be identified. · 03h—The mLOM/OCP network adapter is absent but the NIC port is present. |
|
Data[16] |
Electrical current health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[17] |
Logical drive health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[18] |
Health LED status. Supported options: · 3—Amber. · 2—Red. · 1—Green. · 0—Off. |
|
Data[19] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[20] |
Server board health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
|
Data[21] |
Operating system health status. Supported options: · 00h—Normal. · 01h—Minor. · 02h—Major. · 03h—Critical. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.51 |
Revised errors in the system power-on status ouput information. |
|
HDM-2.16.00 |
Added support for G5 OCP health status. |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Data[19] was reserved. |
|
HDM-2.0.07 |
Added the operating system health status field. |
|
HDM-1.30.14 |
Added the system module health status field. |
|
HDM-1.30.13 |
Added the redirected page for the PCIe health LED field. |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Added the health LED status field. |
|
HDM-1.30.10 |
Added the logical drive status field. |
Host
Obtain security bezel LED configuration
Use this command to obtain security bezel LED configuration.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x0c
Table 62 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
G5 rack servers that support security bezels.
Examples
# Obtain security bezel LED configuration.
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x0c
a2 63 00 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
Table 63 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Presence status. Supported options: · 0—Absent. · 1—Present. |
|
Data[5] |
Logo LED: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[6] |
LED: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[7] |
Status sync: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[8] |
Health status sync: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[9] |
Energy saving mode: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[10] |
Decorative LEDs: · 1—Breathing. · 2—Flashing. · 3—Steady on. |
|
Data[11] |
Decorative LEDs color: · 1—White. · 2—Orange. · 3—Red. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added the health status sync field. |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added this command. |
Set security bezel LEDs
Use this command to set security bezel LEDs.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x69 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01
Table 64 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Set the logo LED state: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[8] |
Set the LED state: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[9] |
Set the status sync feature: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[10] |
Set the health status sync feature: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[11] |
Set the energy saving mode: · 0—Off. · 1—On. X10000 G5 servers do not support this field. |
|
Data[12] |
Set the flashing mode of decorative LEDs: · 1—Breathing. · 2—Flashing. · 3—Steady on. |
|
Data[13] |
Set the color of decorative LEDs: · 1—White. · 2—Orange. · 3—Red. X10000 G5 servers support only the white color. |
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
G5 rack servers that support security bezels.
Examples
# Set security bezel LEDs.
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x69 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01
0xa2 0x63 0x00
Table 65 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added the health status sync field. |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added this command. |
Obtain MCA policy information
Use this command to obtain MCA policy and ACD status information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x53 0x00 0x00
Table 66 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacture ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Obtain the enabling status of MCA restart upon error occurrence and ACD. |
|
Data[8] |
Reserved. |
User role
user
Required permission
Information obtaining
Product compatibility
Only devices that use Intel CPUs support this command.
Examples
# Obtain MCA policy information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x53 0x00 0x00
0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x00 0x01
Table 67 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Enabling status of MCA restart upon error occurrence. Supported options: · 0x01—Do not restart the server upon error occurrence. · 0x00—Restart the server upon error occurrence. |
|
Data[5] |
ACD enabling status. Supported options: · 0x01—Enabled. · 0x00—Disabled. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Added the ACD enabling status field. |
Configure MCA policy settings
Use this command to configure the MCA policy and ACD.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x35 0x01/0x00 0x01
Table 68 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacture ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
MCA restart upon error occurrence. Supported options: · 0x01—Do not restart the server upon error occurrence. · 0x00—Restart the server upon error occurrence. |
|
Data[8] |
ACD enabling status. Supported options: · 0x01—Enable. · 0x00—Disable. Only G3 servers support the 0x00 option. |
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Only devices that use Intel CPUs support this command.
Examples
# Configure MCA policy settings.
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x35 0x01 0x01
0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x00 0x00
Table 69 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:5] |
Reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.16.00 |
G5 servers do not support the 0x00 option for the ACD enabling status field. |
|
HDM-1.30.15P02 |
Added the ACD enabling status field. |
Storage
Obtain storage controller information
Use this command to obtain storage controller information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x04 Ctrl_ID 0x00 0x00 0x00
Table 70 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Ctrl_ID |
Specify the ID of a storage controller. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain storage controller information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 a2 63 00 41 01 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 ff 52
41 49 44 2d 4c 53 49 2d 39 33 36 31 2d 38 69 28
31 47 29 2d 41 31 2d 58 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 53
4b 37 31 33 37 32 32 39 35 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 31
47 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4d
69 73 73 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4d
69 73 73 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 34
2e 36 38 30 2e 30 30 2d 38 32 34 39 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
01 50 06 05 b0 0d 04 3e 90 30 2f 31 2f 35 2f 36
2f 31 30 2f 35 30 2f 36 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3c 01
00 01 00 00 10 33 2e 31 37 30 35 2e 30 30 2d 30
30 30 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 32 34 2e 32 31 2e 30 2d 30 30 31
32 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01
Table 71 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Length of the remaining response fields. |
|
Data[8:11] |
Storage controller status. Supported options: · 1—Normal. · 2—Server powered off. · 3—Storage controller absent. · 4—Storage controller failed. · 5—Initializing the BIOS. |
|
Data[12:13] |
Storage controller type. Supported options: · 0—RAID. · 1—HBA. |
|
Data[14] |
Logical driver (LD) offset. |
|
Data[15] |
Physical driver (PD) offset. |
|
Data[16:47] |
Storage controller name. |
|
Data[48:95] |
Storage controller serial number. |
|
Data[96:111] |
Cache capacity. |
|
Data[112:127] |
Cache module state. Supported options: · N/A. · Miss. · Fail. · Optimal. |
|
Data[128:159] |
Supercapacitor status. Supported options: · N/A. · Miss. · Learn. · Fault. · Over_temp. · Learn_fail. · Fail. · Completed. · Charging. |
|
Data[160:175] |
Remaining power of the supercapacitor, in percent. |
|
Data[176:207] |
Storage controller firmware version. |
|
Data[208] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[209] |
Storage data validity. Supported options: · 0—Invalid. · 1—Valid. |
|
Data[210:217] |
Storage controller WWN. |
|
Data[218:253] |
Supported RAID levels. |
|
Data[254] |
Storage controller JBOD status. Supported options: · 1—JBOD mode enabled. · 0—JBOD mode disabled. · 0xff—Invalid status. |
|
Data[255] |
Storage controller temperature. |
|
Data[256:257] |
Storage controller PCIe slot number. |
|
Data[258] |
Storage controller mode: · 0—Unknown. · 1—RAID. · 2—HBA. · 3—Mixed. · 4—Non-RAID. · 6—Auto volume. · 7—Simple volume. · 8—JBOD. |
|
Data259] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[260:261] |
Storage controller SubVendorID. |
|
Data[262:293] |
Adapter configuration version: character string. |
|
Data[294:325] |
Package version of the LSI controller. |
|
Data[326:327] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[328] |
Whether the controller is an LSI controller: · 1—Yes. · 0—No. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.37 |
Changed supercapacitor status Fatal to Fault for Data[128:159]. |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added the Auto volume and Simple volume modes to the storage controller mode. |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added the LSI controller field. |
|
HDM-2.10.00 |
Added the JBOD controller mode and the package version field. |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
Added the adapter configuration version field. 32 bytes were added to the response length. |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Resolved the output alignment issue. |
Obtain the number of LDs and their offset indexes
Use this command to obtain the number of LDs and their offset indexes.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x04 Ctrl_ID 0x00 0x00 0x00
Table 72 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Ctrl_ID |
Specify the ID of a storage controller. |
|
0x00 0x00 0x00 |
Reserved keyword. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the number of LDs and their offset indexes.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 06 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00
Table 73 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Length of the remaining response fields. |
|
Data[8:11] |
Number of LDs. |
|
Data[12:N] |
LD offset indexes. The length of this field depends on the number of LDs. |
Obtain LD information
Use this command to obtain information about an LD.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x04 LD_Index[2] Ctrl_ID 0x00
Table 74 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Storage command code. 0x02 indicates the obtaining operation. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[10] |
Length of the remaining request fields. |
|
LD_Index[2] |
Specify the index of the LD, a two-byte string. |
|
Ctrl_ID |
Specify the ID of a storage controller. |
|
Data[14] |
Reserved. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain information about an LD.
COMMAND>ipmitool -U admin -P Password@_ -I lanplus -H 192.168.10.18 raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 f5 00 00 00 01 00 4f 70 74 69 6d 61 6c
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 52 41 49 44 20 30 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 38 39 33 2e 37 35 30
47 69 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 01 01 09 ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 75 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Length of the remaining response fields. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Device ID. |
|
Data[10:25] |
Logical drive state. Supported options: · For a PMC storage controller: ¡ Optimal. ¡ Creating. ¡ Scrubbing. ¡ Zeroing. ¡ Rebuilding. ¡ Morphing. ¡ Verifying. ¡ Copying. ¡ Suboptimal. ¡ Degraded. ¡ Offline. · For an LSI storage controller: ¡ Optimal. ¡ Offline. ¡ Degraded. ¡ Rebuilding. ¡ Unknown. |
|
Data[26:57] |
RAID level of the logical drive. |
|
Data[58:73] |
Logical drive capacity. |
|
Data[74:89] |
Logical drive name. |
|
Data[90] |
Read policy. Supported options: · 0—No read ahead. · 1—Always read ahead. |
|
Data[91] |
Write policy. Supported options: · 0—Write through. · 1—Write back. · 2—Always write back. |
|
Data[92] |
Cache policy. This field is supported only by LSI storage controllers. Supported options: · 0—Direct IO. · 1—Cached IO. · 0xFF—Invalid. No corresponding feature is available. |
|
Data[93] |
Access policy. Supported options: · 0—Read write. · 1—Read only. · 2—Blocked. |
|
Data[94] |
Physical drive cache policy. Supported options: · 0—Unchanged. · 1—Enabled. · 2—Disabled. |
|
Data[95] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[96:97] |
Whether the current logical drive is the boot drive. Supported options: · 1—True. · 0—False. |
|
Data[98] |
Number of spans. |
|
Data[99] |
Number of member drives per span. |
|
Data[100] |
Strip size. Supported options: · 5—16 KB. This option is available only for PMC controllers. · 6—32 KB. This option is available only for PMC controller. · 7—64 KB. · 8—128 KB. · 9—256 KB. · 10—512 KB. · 11—1 MB. |
|
Data[101] |
Accelerator type (MCTP). This field is not available for HDM 1.11.xx versions. Supported options: · 1—None. · 2—Controller cache. · 3—IO bypass. · 0xFF—Invalid. The field displays 0xFF for LSI controllers or unsupported PMC controllers. |
|
Data[102] |
Number of physical drives for the current logical drive. |
|
Data[103:166] |
Device ID of the physical drives for the current logical drive, 32 in total. Each device ID is two bytes. |
|
Data[167:252] |
Reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.16 |
Added the number of physical drives and device ID of physical drives for the current logical drive fields. |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Resolved the output alignment issue. |
|
HDM-1.30.09 |
Added the strip size and accelerator type fields. |
|
HDM-1.30.06 |
Added the number of spans and number of member drives per span fields. |
|
HDM-1.11.29 |
Added the physical drive cache policy and boot drive fields. |
Obtain the number of PDs and their offset indexes
Use this command to obtain the number of PDs and their offset indexes.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x03 0x00 0x00 0x04 Cmd_Type LD_Index[2] Ctrl_ID
Table 76 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Cmd_Type |
Specify the command type. Supported options: · 0—Discrete PD quantity and indexes. · 1—PD quantity of indexes for the specified LD. |
|
LD_Index[2] |
Specify the index of the LD, a two-byte string. The discrete type is not required. |
|
Ctrl_ID |
Specify the ID of a storage controller. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the number of PDs and their offset indexes.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x03 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 06 01 00 00 03 00 00 00 0c 00 0e 00 0f
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 77 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Length of the remaining response fields. |
|
Data[8:11] |
Number of PDs. |
|
Data[12:…] |
PD offset indexes. The length of this field depends on the number of PDs. |
Obtain PD information
Use this command to obtain information about a PD.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 PD_Index[2] Ctrl_ID
Table 78 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
PD_Index[2] |
Specify the index of the PD, a two-byte string. Obtain this field from the command for obtaining the number of PDs and their offset indexes. |
|
Ctrl_ID |
Specify the ID of a storage controller. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain information about a PD.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x0F 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 4a 01 00 00 0f 00 03 00 55 6e 63 6f 6e
66 69 67 75 72 65 64 5f 47 6f 6f 64 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 36 2e 30 20 47
62 70 73 20 53 41 54 41 20 53 53 44 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 38 39 34 2e 32
35 47 69 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 41 54 41 20 20
20 20 00 00 00 00 00 31 39 34 34 32 34 41 37 38
30 31 35 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 44 31 4d 48 30 32 37 00
00 46 72 6f 6e 74 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 03 00 03 00 03 00 4d 69 63 72 6f 6e 5f 35 32
30 30 5f 4d 54 46 44 00 4e 41 00 00 00 00 00 00
39 36 30 47 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
1b 62 ff 64 57 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 03 00 00 00 03 11 22 33 44 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 03 00 01 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 03 11 22 33 44 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 4d 69 63 72 6f 6e 5f 35 32 30 30 5f 4d 54 46
44 44 41 4b 39 36 30 54 44 43 20 20 20 20 20 20
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00
Table 79 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Length of the remaining response fields. |
|
Data[8:9] |
PD connection ID. |
|
Data[10:11] |
PD physical number. |
|
Data[12:43] |
Physical drive state. Supported options: · For an LSI storage controller: ¡ Ready. ¡ Unconfigured_Good. ¡ Unconfigured_Bad. ¡ Hot_Spare. ¡ Offline. ¡ FAILED. ¡ Rebuilding. ¡ Optimal. ¡ Online. ¡ JBOD. ¡ Unknown. ¡ Predict_Fail. ¡ Copyback. · For a PMC storage controller: ¡ Offline. ¡ PFA. ¡ Raw. ¡ Hotspare. ¡ Ready. ¡ Optimal. ¡ Unknown. ¡ Failed. ¡ Rebuilding. ¡ RebuildWait. |
|
Data[44:75] |
Type, 6.0 Gbps SATA SSD for example. |
|
Data[76:91] |
Capacity. |
|
Data[92:103] |
Vendor. |
|
Data[104:135] |
Serial number. |
|
Data[136:145] |
Firmware version. |
|
Data[146:153] |
Backplane location. |
|
Data[154:161] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[162:163] |
PD number in the BIOS. |
|
Data[164:165] |
PD number on the host. |
|
Data[166:167] |
PD slot number. |
|
Data[168:184] |
Product ID. |
|
Data[185:192] |
Location of the node in which the PD resides. |
|
Data[193:208] |
Advertised PD capacity. |
|
Data[209] |
Temperature. |
|
Data[210] |
Remaining lifetime, in percent. |
|
Data[211] |
Rebuilding progress, in the range of 0 to 100 in percent. The value 255 indicates that the field is invalid. |
|
Data[212:215] |
Total power-on hours. |
|
Data[216:219] |
Number of media errors. |
|
Data[220:223] |
Number of other errors. |
|
Data[224:227] |
Number of predictive failures. |
|
Data[228] |
Maximum interface speed. Supported options: · 1—1.5 Gbs. · 2—3 Gbs. · 3—6 Gbs. · 4—12 Gbs. |
|
Data[229:244] |
SasAddr, 2 × 64 bits. |
|
Data[245:246] |
PD state. This field is not supported by PMC controllers. Supported options: · 0—Whether the PD uses forced GUID. · 1—Whether the PD is in a logical drive. · 2—Whether the PD is a global hot backup drive. · 3—Whether the PD is a dedicated hot backup drive. · 4—Whether the PD is in foreign state. · 5-11—Reserved. · 12-15—Interface type: ¡ 0—Unknown. ¡ 1—parallel SCSI. ¡ 2—SAS. ¡ 3—SATA. ¡ 4—FC. |
|
Data[247:254] |
Reserved. Eight bytes. |
|
Data[255:260] |
Reserved. Six bytes. |
|
Data[261:262] |
Reserved. Two bytes. |
|
Data[263] |
Negotiation rate: · 1—1.5 Gbs. · 2—3 Gbs. · 3—6 Gbs. · 4—12 Gbs. |
|
Data[264] |
Box ID to which a drive connected to the drive backplane belong. A box ID is used to distinguish which expander chip the drive belongs to when the drive backplane is connected to multiple expander chips. |
|
Data[265] |
Hot backup status: · 1—Global hot spare. · 2—Dedicated hot spare. · 3—Non-hot spare. |
|
Data[266] |
LED status of a driver: · 0—The LED is off. · 1—The LED is on. · 0xFF—Not supported. |
|
Data[267] |
Drive status for a driver: · 0x01—OK · 0x02—Fail · 0x03—Rebuild · 0x04—PredictiveFailureAnalysis · 0x05—Hotspare · 0x06—InAFailedArray · 0x07—InACriticalArray |
|
Data[268] |
Inspection status: · 0—Not in inspection. · 1—In inspection. · 0xFF—Not supported. |
|
Data[269] |
Whether the physical drive is being rebuilt: · 0—The physical drive is not being rebuilt. · 1—The physical drive is being rebuilt. · 0xFF—Not supported. |
|
Data[270] |
Number of logical drives associated with the partial hot spare. |
|
Data[271:272] |
Bitmap of the logical drive to which the partial hot spare belongs. |
|
Data[273:288] |
SasAddr—SAS address. |
|
Data[289] |
Whether the physical drive is an M.2 on the Marvell adapter: · 1—Yes. · 0—No. |
|
Data[290:337] |
PD model information. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.37/HDM-6.02 |
Correct response Data[264-289]. |
|
HDM-3.37/HDM-6.0 |
Added the Data[290:337] field to record PD model information. |
|
HDM-2.27 |
Added the Rebuilding and RebuildWait fields for status of physical drives managed by a PMC storage controller. |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added the negotiation rate field. |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added three reserved fields for internal use. |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added the Copyback field for status of physical drives managed by an LSI storage controller. |
|
HDM-2.10.00 |
Added the PdType field. |
|
HDM-1.30.16 |
Added the SasAddr field. |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Added the maximum interface speed field and resolved the output alignment issue. |
|
HDM-1.30.09 |
Added the rebuilding progress, total power-on hours, number of media errors, number of other errors, and number of predictive errors fields. |
Obtain the number of storage controllers and their indexes and names
Use this command to obtain the number of storage controllers and their indexes and names.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the number of storage controllers and their indexes and names.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0c 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 f4 00 00 00 02 01 00 00 00 02 01 00 04
10 01 04 02 00 06 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 80 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Length of the remaining response fields. |
|
Data[8] |
Number of storage controllers. |
|
Data[9] |
Storage controller state. Supported options: · 1—Normal. · 2—Server powered off. · 3—Storage controller absent. · 4—Storage controller failed. · 5—Initializing the BIOS. |
|
Data[10:11] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[12] |
ID offset index for controller 1. |
|
Data[13] |
RAID out-of-band configuration flag for controller 1. Supported options: · 0—PMC controller, PBSI firmware, not supported. · 1—PMC controller, MCTP firmware, supported. · 2—MR-type LSI controller, supported. · 3—IR-type LSI controller, not supported. · 4—IT-type LSI controller, not supported. · 5—Marvell SantaCruz controller, not supported. |
|
Data[14:15] |
Number of the PCIe slot that holds controller 1. |
|
Data[16:17] |
Model of controller 1. PMC controllers use values in the range of 0x0001 to 0x1000, LSI controllers use values in the range of 0x1001 to 0x2000, and MARVELL controller use values in the range of 0x2001 to 0x2fff. |
|
Data[18] |
ID offset index for controller 2. |
|
Data[19] |
RAID out-of-band configuration flag for controller 2. Supported options: · 0—PMC controller, PBSI firmware, not supported. · 1—PMC controller, MCTP firmware, supported. · 2—MR-type LSI controller, supported. · 3—IR-type LSI controller, not supported. · 4—IT-type LSI controller, not supported. · 5—Marvell SantaCruz controller, not supported. |
|
Data[20:21] |
Number of the PCIe slot that holds controller 2. |
|
Data[22:23] |
Model of controller 2. PMC controllers use values in the range of 1 to 0x1000, and LSI controllers use the remaining values. |
|
Data[24:...] |
Extensible fields if over two storage controllers are present. The maximum value for N is 251. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Resolved the output alignment issue and changed a reserved field to an out-of-band configuration flag field. |
|
HDM-1.30.10 |
Added the out-of-band configuration flag field that can help identify the MR, IR, or IT type of LSI controllers, and resolved the output alignment issue. |
Table 81 Description of some fields in versions earlier than HDM-1.30.10
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[13] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[14:15] |
Number of the PCIe slot that holds controller 1. |
|
Data[16:17] |
Model of controller 1. PMC controllers use values in the range of 1 to 0x1000, and LSI controllers use the remaining values. |
|
Data[18] |
ID offset index for controller 2. |
|
Data[19] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[20:21] |
Number of the PCIe slot that holds controller 2. |
|
Data[22:23] |
Model of controller 2. PMC controllers use values in the range of 1 to 0x1000, and LSI controllers use the remaining values. |
|
Data[24..] |
Extensible fields if over two storage controllers are present. The maximum value for N is 251. |
Table 82 Description of some fields in version HDM-1.30.10
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[13:14] |
Number of the PCIe slot that holds controller 1. |
|
Data[15:16] |
Model of controller 1. PMC controllers use values in the range of 1 to 0x1000, and LSI controllers use the remaining values. |
|
Data[17] |
RAID out-of-band configuration flag for controller 1. Supported options: · 0—PMC controller, PBSI firmware, not supported. · 1—PMC controller, MCTP firmware, supported. · 2—MR-type LSI controller, supported. · 3—IR-type LSI controller, not supported. · 4—IT-type LSI controller, not supported. |
|
Data[18] |
ID offset index for controller 2. |
|
Data[19:20] |
Number of the PCIe slot that holds controller 2. |
|
Data[21:22] |
Model of controller 2. PMC controllers use values in the range of 1 to 0x1000, and LSI controllers use the remaining values. |
|
Data[23] |
RAID out-of-band configuration flag for controller 2. Supported options: · 0—PMC controller, PBSI firmware, not supported. · 1—PMC controller, MCTP firmware, supported. · 2—MR-type LSI controller, supported. · 3—IR-type LSI controller, not supported. · 4—IT-type LSI controller, not supported. |
|
Data[24..] |
Extensible fields if over two storage controllers are present. The maximum value for N is 251. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.xx |
Added support for Marvell controllers. |
Set the physical drive status
Use this command to set the status of a physical drive.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x04 Data[11:12] Data[13:14]
Table 83 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to 20 14 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Storage command. 0x00 indicates the setting physical drive status operation. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[10] |
Length of the remaining request fields. |
|
Data[11] |
Storage controller ID. |
|
Data[12:13] |
Physical drive ID. Obtain this field from the command for obtaining the number of PDs and their offset indexes. |
|
Data[14] |
Drive status. Supported options: · 0—Unconfigured good. · 1—Unconfigured bad. · 0x40—JBOD. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set the physical drive status.
COMMAND> ipmitool -U admin -P Password@_ -I lanplus -H 192.168.10.18 raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x01
a2 63 00 00 00 00 00
Table 84 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
Added the JBOD drive status. |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Resolved the output alignment issue. |
Configure a logical drive
Use this command to configure a logical drive.
|
|
NOTE: This command does not have operation log records. |
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x35 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x05 0x09 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0xC0 0x12 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x00 0xA8 0x00 0x00 0XA9 0x00 0x00 0xB0 0x00 0x01 0xB3 0x00 0x01 0xB7 0x00 0x01 0xBE 0x00
Table 85 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to 20 14 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Storage command. 0x01 indicates the configuring logical drive operation. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[10] |
Specify the length of the remaining request fields. |
|
Data[11] |
Specify the ID of the storage controller. |
|
Data[12:27] |
Specify the name of the logical drive. |
|
Data[28] |
Specify the RAID level. |
|
Data[29] |
Specify the strip size. Supported options: · 5—16 KB. This option is available only for PMC controllers. · 6—32 KB. This option is available only for PMC controller. · 7—64 KB. · 8—128 KB. · 9—256 KB. · 10—512 KB. · 11—1 MB. |
|
Data[30] |
Specify the initialization method. Supported options: · 0—No initialization. · 1—Quick initialization. · 2—Full initialization. This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[31] |
Specify the physical drive cache policy for an LSI controller or the accelerator policy for a PMC controller. Supported options: · For an LSI controller: ¡ 0—Unchanged. ¡ 1—Enabled. ¡ 2—Disabled. · For a PMC controller: ¡ 1—Specifies the none policy to disable read/write cache. ¡ 2—Specifies the controller cache policy to enable read/write cache. ¡ 3—Specifies the IO bypass policy to enable the storage controller to use I/O bypass paths to enhance read/write performance. This feature is available only on SSDs. |
|
Data[32:39] |
Specify the capacity, in 512 B. If you set this field to 0, the command assigns the maximum supported capacity to the logical drive. |
|
Data[40] |
Specify the read policy. Supported options: · 0—No read ahead. · 1—Always read ahead. This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[41] |
Specify the write policy. Supported options: · 0—Write through. · 1—Write back. · 2—Always write back. This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[42] |
Specify the cache policy. Supported options: · 0—Direct IO. · 1—Cached IO. This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[43] |
Specify the access policy. Supported options: · 0—Read/write. · 1—Read only. · 2—Blocked. This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[44] |
Specify the number of spans for an LSI controller or the number of parity groups for a PMC controller. For a PMC controller, if the RAID level is 50 or 60, set the number of parity groups to a value larger than 1. If any other RAID level is used, set the number to 0. |
|
Data[45] |
Specify the number of drives per span for an LSI controller of the total number of physical drives for a PMC controller. |
|
Data[46] |
Specify the span ID for the first drive. This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[47:48] |
Specify the device ID of the first drive. |
|
… |
Other drive information. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure a logical drive. For the fields not required for PMC controllers, fill in these fields with 0x00 or 0xFF and you cannot leave these fields empty.
COMMAND>ipmitool -H 192.168.0.113 -U admin -P Password@_ -I lanplus raw raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x35 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x05 0x09 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0xC0 0x12 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x00 0xA8 0x00 0x00 0XA9 0x00 0x00 0xB0 0x00 0x01 0xB3 0x00 0x01 0xB7 0x00 0x01 0xBE 0x00
a2 63 00
Table 86 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
N/A |
Added guidelines for filling fields that are not required for PMC controllers. |
|
HDM-1.30.07 |
Added the IO bypass option to the physical drive cache policy field. |
|
HDM-1.12.05 |
Added support for configuring out-of-band configuration of PMC controllers. |
Delete a logical drive
Use this command to delete a logical drive.
|
|
NOTE: This command does not have operation log records. |
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x03 Data[11] Data[12:13]
Table 87 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to 20 14 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Storage command. 0x02 indicates the deleting logical drive operation. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[10] |
Length of the remaining request fields. |
|
Data[11] |
Specify the ID of the storage controller. |
|
Data[12:13] |
Specify the index of the logical drive. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Delete a logical drive.
COMMAND>ipmitool -H 192.168.0.113 -U admin -P Password@_ -I lanplus raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x03 0x02 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00
Table 88 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Configure logical drive attributes
Use this command to configure logical drive attributes.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x0a 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
Table 89 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to 20 14 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Storage command. 0x06 indicates the configuring logical drive attributes operation. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[10] |
Length of the remaining request fields. |
|
Data[11] |
ID of the storage controller. |
|
Data[12:13] |
Index of the logical drive, in little endian format. |
|
Data[14] |
1 indicates specifying parameters for logical drive attribute configuration. |
|
Data[15] |
Access policy: · 0x0—Remain the current configuration · 0x1—Read only · 0x2—Blocked · 0x3— Read write · 0xFF—Retain the original configuration This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[16] |
0—No change to the current configuration |
|
Data[17] |
Write policy: · 0—Write through · 1—Write back · 2—Always write back This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[18] |
Read policy: · 0—No read ahead · 1—Always read ahead This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[19] |
Physical drive cache policy: · 0x0—Remain the current configuration · 0x1—Enable · 0x2—Disable · 0x3—Unchanged · 0xFF—Retain the original configuration This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
|
Data[20] |
Cache policy: 0—No change by default This field is not available for PMC controllers. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure logical drive attributes.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x09 0x2
0 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x0a 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x00 0x02 0x01 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 90 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
Length of the remaining response fields. |
|
Data[8:13] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[14:17] |
Status code for the command response: · 0x00—Succeeded. · 0x74—Succeeded. The command takes effect after the restart. · 0x03—Failed. The input options are invalid. · Others—Failed. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-6.06 |
The following settings are supported: · Data[19] supports setting more physical drive cache policies. · Data[15] supports more access policies. · The response already supports Data[4:13] and adds support for Data[14:17]. |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added this command. |
Configure a physical hot spare drive
Use this command to configure a physical hot spare drive.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x07 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00
Table 91 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to 20 14 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Storage command. 0x07 indicates the configuring hot spare for a physical drive operation. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[10] |
Length of the remaining request fields. |
|
Data[11] |
ID of the storage controller. |
|
Data[12] |
0x00—Global hot spare. This option is not available for PMC controllers. 0x01—Dedicated hot spare. The Data[15-16] and subsequent fields are required only for this option. PMC controllers does not support assigning one drive to multiple logical disks as a hot spare. 0x03—Remove hot spare. |
|
Data[13-14] |
Index of the physical drive. |
|
Data[15-16] |
ID of the logical drive to which the dedicated hot spare drive belongs. |
|
Data[17-….] |
ID of the logical drive when a hot spare drive is configured for multiple logical drives. |
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure a physical drive as the dedicated hot spare drive for logical drive 0 managed by the LSI storage controller.
COMMAND> ipmitool -U admin -P Password@_ -I lanplus -H 192.168.10.18 raw 0x36 0x09 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x26 0x07 0x00 0x00 0x06 0x00 0x01 0x00 0xef 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 00 00 00 00
Table 92 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:7] |
This field is reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-6.01 |
Corrected the description for setting a dedicated hot spare. |
|
HDM-2.85 |
Added this command. |
Obtain the total drive usage
Use this command to obtain the total drive usage (disk usage in HDM).
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x56
Table 93 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
To use this command, you must first run FIST SMS.
Examples
# Obtain the total drive usage.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x56
a2 63 00 00 00 70 e1 00 40 1e 00 00
Table 94 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Total drive usage. |
|
Data[5-8] |
Total drive capacity, in MB. |
|
Data[9-12] |
Used drive capacity, in MB. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.14 |
Added the total drive capacity and used drive capacity fields. The two fields are supported only in FIST SMS D018 and later versions. |
|
HDM-1.11.29 |
Added this command. |
Specify the drive usage
Use this command to specify the drive usage (disk usage in HDM). FIST SMS uses this command to send drive usage statistics to BMC.
|
|
NOTE: This command does not have operation log records. |
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x3d 0x00 0x00 0x70 0xe1 0x00 0x40 0x1e 0x00 0x00
Table 95 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Maximum drive usage, in the range of 0 to 100. |
|
Data[8:11] |
Total drive capacity. |
|
Data[12:15] |
Total used drive capacity. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
To use this command, you must first run FIST SMS.
Examples
# Specify the drive usage.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x3d 0x00 0x00 0x70 0xe1 0x00 0x40 0x1e 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00
Table 96 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.14 |
Added the total drive capacity and used drive capacity fields. |
|
HDM-1.11.29 |
Added this command. |
BMC and BIOS interaction
Obtain the next boot option
Use this command to obtain the configured next boot option.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x00 0x09 0x05 0x00 0x00
Table 97 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Set selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the configured next boot option.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x00 0x09 0x05 0x00 0x00
01 05 80 08 00 00 00
Table 98 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Parameter version. |
|
Data[2] |
ParameterValid. |
|
Data[3] |
Bit[7]: Indicates whether the boot option is valid. Supported options: · 0—Invalid. · 1—Valid. Bit[6]: Indicates the effective time of the boot option. Supported options: · 0—One-time boot option. · 1—Permanent boot option. Bits[0:5]: N/A. |
|
Data[4] |
Bits[2:5]: Indicates the boot option. Supported options: · 0000b—Not configured. · 0001b—PXE. · 0110b—Uses BIOS configuration. · 0010b—HDD. · 0101b—CDROM. · 1011b—Hard disk through remote connection. Bits[0:1]: N/A. |
|
Data[5] |
This field is 0 by default. |
|
Data[6] |
This field is 0 by default. |
|
Data[7] |
This field is 0 by default. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.18 |
Added the Remote Connect Hard Drive field. |
Set the next boot option
Use this command to set the next boot option.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x00 0x08 0x05 0x80 0x18 0x00 0x00 0x00
Table 99 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Bit[7]: Specify whether the boot option is valid. Supported options: · 0—Invalid. · 1—Valid. Bit[6]: Specify the effective time of the boot option. Supported options: · 0—One-time boot option. · 1—Permanent boot option. Bit[5]: Specify the boot mode. Supported options: · 0—Legacy. · 1—UEFI. The value for Bit[5] and Bit[6] cannot be set to 1 at the same time. Bits[0:4]: N/A. |
|
Data[5] |
Bits[2:5]: Specify the boot option. Supported options: · 0000b—Not configured. · 0001b—PXE. · 0110b—Uses BIOS configuration. · 0010b—HDD. · 0101b—CDROM. · 1011b—Uses a hard disk through remote connection. Bit[7]: 1 indicates restoring the BIOS default settings. This configuration takes effect after a BIOS reboot. Note: Bits[2:5] and Bit[7] cannot be configured at the same time. BIOS restart is required between configuration of the two options. Bit[7] and the Bit[5] or Bit[6] fields of DATA[4] cannot be set to 1 at the same time. Bits[0:1]: N/A. Note: The BIOS configuration is not available for permanent boot option configuration. |
|
Data[6] |
This field is 0 by default. |
|
Data[7] |
This field is 0 by default. |
|
Data[8] |
This field is 0 by default. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure the device to use the boot options configured in the BIOS.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x00 0x08 0x05 0x80 0x18 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Configure the device to use the boot options configured in the CDROM.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x00 0x08 0x05 0xc0 0x14 0x00 0x00 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-6.01 |
Optimized the description for Data[6], which takes effect after a BIOS reboot |
|
HDM-3.18 |
Added the Remote Connect Hard Drive field. |
Obtain the next boot mode
Use this command to obtain the next boot mode.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x2e
Table 100 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the next boot mode.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x2e
a2 63 00 01 01 00 00
Table 101 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Bit[0]: Indicates whether the next boot mode is valid. Supported options: · 1—Valid. · 0—Invalid. Bits[1:3]: N/A. |
|
Data[5] |
Next boot mode. Supported options: · 0x00—No override. · 0x01—Legacy. · 0x02—UEFI. · 0x03—Auto. |
|
Data[6] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[7] |
Reserved. |
Set the next boot mode
Use this command to set the next boot mode.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x02 0x01 mode 0x00 0x00
Table 102 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Bit[0]: Specify whether the next boot mode is valid. Supported options: · 1—Valid. · 0—Invalid. Bits[1:3]: N/A. |
|
Data[8] |
Specify the next boot mode. Supported options: · 0x00—No override. · 0x01—Legacy. · 0x02—UEFI. · 0x03—Auto. |
|
Data[9] |
This field is 0 by default. |
|
Data[10] |
This field is 0 by default. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
For this configuration to take effect, you must also specify the next boot option.
Examples
# Set the next boot mode.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x02 0x01 0x01 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00
Table 103 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Obtain the power-on delay time
Use this command to obtain the power-on delay time.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x3F
Table 104 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Blade servers do not support this command.
Examples
# Obtain the power-on delay time.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x3f
a2 63 00 01 78 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 105 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Power-on delay policy. Supported options: · 0x00—Fixed delay time. · 0x01—Random delay time. · 0x02—No delay. Not configurable when the AC recovery policy is off. |
|
Data[5:6] |
Delay time, in seconds. When the value of Data[4] is 0x00, the delay time can only be 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 seconds. When the value of Data[4] is 0x01, the delay time is in the range of 1 to 120 seconds. 0 represents 120 seconds. When the value of Data[4] is 0x02, this field is not available. |
|
Data[7:11] |
Reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
2.16.00 |
Added support for obtaining the random delay time. |
Set the power-on delay time
Use this command to set the power-on delay time.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x03 Data[7] Data[8:9] 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
Table 106 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the power-on delay policy. Supported options: · 0x00—Fixed delay time. · 0x01—Random delay time. · 0x02—No delay. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Specify the delay time, in seconds. When the value of Data[7] is 0x00, the delay time can only be 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 seconds. When the value of Data[7] is 0x01, the delay time is in the range of 1 to 120 seconds. 0 represents 120 seconds. When the value of Data[7] is 0x02, this field is not available. |
|
Data[10:14] |
This field is 0 by default. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Blade servers do not support this command.
Examples
# Set the power-on delay time.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x03 0x00 0x0f 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00
Table 107 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
2.16.00 |
Added support for setting the random delay time. |
Obtain Port80 information
Use this command to obtain Port80 information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x09
Table 108 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain Port80 information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x09
a2 63 00 e8 00 01 00 a0 01 02 02 03 03 04 05 04
05 06 19 a1 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a3 a7 a9 a7 a7 a7 a7
a8 a9 a9 aa ae af e0 e1 e4 e3 e1 e4 e3 e5 b0 b0
b1 b4 b2 b3 b3 b6 b6 b6 b7 b7 b6 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7
b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7
b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7 b7
b7 b7 b7 be b7 b8 b9 b9 b9 b9 b9 ba b9 bb b7 bc
bf e6 e7 e8 e9 eb ec ed ee e7 e8 e9 eb ec ed ee
4f 61 9a 78 68 70 79 d1 d2 d4 91 92 93 94 93 94
93 94 93 94 95 93 94 93 94 95 93 94 93 94 93 94
93 94 95 93 94 93 94 93 94 95 93 94 95 93 94 95
93 94 95 93 94 95 96 ef 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 99
91 d5 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 97 98 9d 9c b4 b4
b4 b4 b4 b4 92 a0 a2 a2 a2 a2 a2 a2 a0 a2 a2 a2
a2 a2 a2 a2 a2 99 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 ad b1 a0
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 109 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:5] |
Total number of POST codes. |
|
Data[6] |
Current host power status. Supported options: · 1—Powered-on. · 0—Powered-off. |
|
Data[7] |
Current Port80 status. Supported options: · 0—POST initial state. · 1—POST start. · 2—POST to setup. · 3—POST to boot OS. · 4—End of IPMI. |
|
Data[8] |
Current POST code. |
|
Data[9:264] |
Most recent 256 POST codes of the most recent startup. |
Configure a BIOS setting
Use this command to configure a BIOS setting.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x19 index data
Table 110 Request field description (for Intel G3 servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the configuration item. Option include: · 0x00—TurboMode. · 0x01—ProcessorEistEnable. · 0x02—PackageCState. · 0x03—ProcessorC1eEnable. · 0x04—ProcessorVmxEnable. · 0x05—ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable. · 0x06—MlcSpatialPrefetcherEnable. · 0x07—MlcStreamerPrefetcherEnable. · 0x08—NumaEn. · 0x09—QpiLinkSpeed. · 0x0a—DdrFreqLimit. · 0x0b—PxeOpRom. · 0x0c—PowerState. · 0x0d—AltEngPerfBIAS. · 0x0e—Bootmode. · 0x0f—COD. · 0x10—Snoop Mode. · 0x11—Monitor/Mwait. · 0x12—Enforce POR. · 0x13—PXE Retry. · 0x14—FirstBootDevice. · 0x15—SecondBootDevice. · 0x16—BusinessPortStatus. · 0x17—ProcessorCcxEnable. · 0x18—SR_IOV_SUPPORT. · 0x19—INTEL_VT_FOR_DIRECTED_IO. · 0x1a—IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT. · 0x1b—IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT. · 0x1c—OS_ACPI_CX. · 0x1d—CPU_C6_REPORT. · 0x1e—CPUFlexRatioOverride. · 0x1f—CPUCoreFlexRatio. · 0x20—SpareErrTh, count threshold for ECC reporting. · 0x21—SpareIntSelect, SMI ECC reporting enabling status. · 0x22—LeakyBktLo, least significant bits of the ECC reporting leaky bucket. · 0x23—LeakyBktHi, most significant bits of the ECC reporting leaky bucket. · 0x24—PstateLimit. |
|
Data[8] |
TurboMode: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorEistEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. PackageCState: · 0—C0 support. · 1—C2 support. · 2—C6 support. · 3—C6 retsupport. ProcessorC1eEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorVmxEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable: · 0—Enable. · 1—Disable. MlcSpatialPrefetcherEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. MlcStreamerPrefetcherEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. NumaEn: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. QpiLinkSpeed: · 0—9.6 GT. · 1—10.4 GT. · 2—Max. DdrFreqLimit: · 0—Auto. · 5—DDR_1333. · 7—DDR_1600. · 9—DDR_1866. · 11—DDR_2133. · 13—DDR_2400. · 15—DDR_2666. · 17—DDR_2933. PxeOpRom: · 1—UEFI. · 2—Legacy. PowerState: · 0. · 1. · 2—Removed. AltEngPerfBIAS: · 0—Performance. · 7—Balanced performance. · 8—Balanced power. · 15—Power. BootMode: · 1—UEFI. · 0—Legacy. COD: · 0. · 1. · 2. Snoop Mode: · 0. · 1. · 2. · 3. · 4. Monitor/Mwait: · 0. · 1. Enforce POR: · 0—Enabled. · 2—Disabled. · 3—Auto. PXE Retry: Value range is 0 to 50. FirstBootDevice: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USB HDD. · 3—USB ODD. · 4—USB key. · 5—USB FDD. · 6—USB LAN. · 7—Network. · 8—UEFI application. · 9—Disable. SecondBootDevice: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USB HDD. · 3—USB ODD. · 4—USB key. · 5—USB FDD. · 6—USB LAN. · 7—Network. · 8—UEFI application. · 9—Disable. BusinessPortStatus: · 0—Enable. · 1—Disable. ProcessorCcxEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. SR_IOV_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. INTEL_VT_FOR_DIRECTED_IO: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. OS_ACPI_CX: · 0x00—ACPI C2. · 0x01—ACPI C3. CPU_C6_REPORT: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. · 0xff—Auto. CPUFlexRatioOverride: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. CPUCoreFlexRatio: The value range is 0 to 100. SpareErrTh: The value range is 0x00 to 0x7FFF. SpareIntSelect: · 0—Disable. · 1—SMI signal. LeakyBktLo: The value range is 0x00 to 0x29. LeakyBktHi: The value range is 0x00 to 0x29. PStateLimit: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
Table 111 Request field description (for Intel G5 servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the configuration item. Option include: · 0x00—TurboMode. · 0x01—ProcessorEistEnable. · 0x04—ProcessorVmxEnable. · 0x05—ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable. · 0x08—NumaEn. · 0x0d—AltEngPerfBIAS. · 0x14—FirstBootDevice. · 0x1a—IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT. · 0x1b—IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT. · 0x20—SpareErrTh, count threshold for ECC reporting. · 0x21—SpareIntSelect, SMI ECC reporting enabling status. · 0x22—LeakyBktLo, least significant bits of the ECC reporting leaky bucket. · 0x23—LeakyBktHi, most significant bits of the ECC reporting leaky bucket. |
|
Data[8] |
TurboMode: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorEistEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorVmxEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable: · 0—For G3 servers, enable hyper-threading. · 1—For G3 servers, disable hyper-threading. AltEngPerfBIAS: · 0—Performance. · 7—Balanced Performance. · 8—Balanced Power. · 15—Power. FirstBootDevice: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USBHDD. · 3—USBODD. · 4—USBKEY. · 5—USBFDD. · 6—USBLAN. · 7—NETWORK. · 8—UEFI_APPLICATION. · 9—DISABLE. NumaEn: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. SpareErrTh: The value range is 0x00 to 0x7FFF. SpareIntSelect: · 0—Disable. · 1—SMI signal. LeakyBktLo: The value range is 0x00 to 0x29. LeakyBktHi: The value range is 0x00 to 0x29. |
Table 112 Request field description (for AMD G5 servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Index. For more information, see Table 113. |
|
Data[8] |
Data. For more information, see Table 113. |
Table 113 Field values for 4950 G5 MILAN, 4950 G5 ROME, 5500 G5 ROME, and 5500 G5 MILAN
|
Data[7] |
Index: · 0x00—IOMMU. · 0x01—Global C-state Control. · 0x02—Determinism Control. · 0x03—Determinism Slider. · 0x04—DF Cstates. · 0x05—NUMA nodes per socket. · 0x06—Memory interleaving. · 0x07—FirstBootDevice. · 0x08—IPv4 PXE Support. · 0x09—IPv6 PXE Support. |
|
Data[8] |
Data: · IOMMU: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto (default). · Global C-state Control: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto. · Determinism Control: ¡ 0—Manual (default). ¡ 1—Auto. · Determinism Slider: ¡ 0—Performance (default). ¡ 1—Auto. ¡ 2—Power. · DF Cstates: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enabled. ¡ 2—Auto. · NUMA nodes per socket: ¡ 0—NPS0. ¡ 1—NPS1. ¡ 2—NPS2. ¡ 3—NPS4. ¡ 4—Auto (default). · Memory interleaving: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Auto. · FirstBootDevice: ¡ 0—Hard Disk. ¡ 1—Network. ¡ 4—CD/DVD. ¡ 7—Other Device. The current setting does not support being disabled. · IPv4 PXE Support: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · IPv6 PXE Support: ¡ 0—Disable ¡ 1—Enable (default). |
|
The S4753 AMD G5 server is not supported in the current software version. |
|
Table 114 Request field description (for Hygon servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
|
|
Data[8] |
Table 115 Field values for 4930 G5 and 4330 G5 (Hygon 3)
|
Data[7] |
Index: · 0x00—IOMMU. · 0x01—Global C-state Control. · 0x02—Determinism Slider. · 0x03—NUMA. · 0x04—Memory interleaving. · 0x05—FirstBootDevice. · 0x06—NetBootIPVersion. |
|
Data[8] |
Data: · IOMMU: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable ¡ 2—Auto (default). · Global C-state Control: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enable ¡ 2—Auto. · Determinism Slider: ¡ 0—Performance. ¡ 1—Auto( default). ¡ 2—Power. · NUMA: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · Memory interleaving: ¡ 0—None. ¡ 1—Channel. ¡ 2—Die. ¡ 3—Socket. ¡ 4—Auto. · FirstBootDevice: ¡ 0—Hard Disk. ¡ 1—Network. ¡ 4—CD/DVD. ¡ 7—Other Device, The current setting does not support being disabled. · NetBootIPVersion: ¡ 0—IPV4. ¡ 1—IPV6, ¡ 2—All. |
Table 116 Field values for 4930 G5 and 4330 G5 (Hygon 2)
|
Data[7] |
Index: · 0x00—IOMMU · 0x01—GlobalCstateControl · 0x02—Determinism Slider · 0x03—NumaNodes · 0x04—Memory Interleaving · 0x05—FirstBootDevice · 0x06—IPv4Support · 0x07— IPv6Support |
|
Data[8] |
Data: · IOMMU: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto (default). · GlobalCstateControl: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto. · Determinism Slider: ¡ 0—Performance. ¡ 1—Auto( default). ¡ 2—Power. · NumaNodes: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · Memory Interleaving: ¡ 0—None ¡ 1—Channel ¡ 2—Die ¡ 3—Socket ¡ 4—Auto · FirstBootDevice: ¡ 0—Hard Disk. ¡ 1—Network. ¡ 4—CD/DVD. ¡ 7—Other Device, The current setting does not support being disabled. · IPv4Support: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · IPv6Support: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). |
User role
User
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
· Only devices that use Intel CPUs support this command. Blade servers do not support this command.
· For more information about support of AMD G5 servers for this command, see the parameter description for the corresponding server model. AMD G3 servers are not supported.
· For information about support of Hygon 2 and Hygon 3 for this command, see the parameter description.
Examples
# Set BIOS configuration item QpiLinkSpeed to 1.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x19 0x09 0x01
a2 63 00
Table 117 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.34 |
Added support of some AMD and Hygon products for BIOS options. |
|
HDM-3.11 |
Added support for G5 Intel servers. |
Obtain a BIOS setting
Use this command to obtain a BIOS setting.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x1a 0x09
Table 118 Request field description (Intel G3 servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the configuration item. Option include: · 0x00—TurboMode. · 0x01—ProcessorEistEnable. · 0x02—PackageCState. · 0x03—ProcessorC1eEnable. · 0x04—ProcessorVmxEnable. · 0x05—ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable. · 0x06—MlcSpatialPrefetcherEnable. · 0x07—MlcStreamerPrefetcherEnable. · 0x08—NumaEn. · 0x09—QpiLinkSpeed. · 0x0a—DdrFreqLimit. · 0x0b—PxeOpRom. · 0x0c—PowerState, Hardware P-States. · 0x0d—AltEngPerfBIAS. · 0x0e—Bootmode. · 0x0f—COD. · 0x10—Snoop Mode. · 0x11—Monitor/Mwait. · 0x12—Enforce POR. · 0x13—PXE Retry. · 0x14—FirstBootDevice. · 0x15—SecondBootDevice. · 0x16—BusinessPortStatus. · 0x17—ProcessorCcxEnable. · 0x18—SR_IOV_SUPPORT. · 0x19—INTEL_VT_FOR_DIRECTED_IO. · 0x1a—IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT. · 0x1b—IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT. · 0x1c—OS_ACPI_CX. · 0x1d—CPU_C6_REPORT. · 0x1e—CPUFlexRatioOverride. · 0x1f—CPUCoreFlexRatio. · 0x20—SpareErrTh, count threshold for ECC reporting. · 0x21—SpareIntSelect, SMI ECC reporting enabling status. · 0x22—LeakyBktLo, least significant bits of the ECC reporting leaky bucket. · 0x23—LeakyBktHi, most significant bits of the ECC reporting leaky bucket. · 0x24—PStateLimit. |
Table 119 Response field description (Intel G3 servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
TurboMode: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorEistEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. PackageCState: · 0—C0 support. · 1—C2 support. · 2—C6 support. · 3—C6 retsupport. ProcessorC1eEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorVmxEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable: · 0—Enable. · 1—Disable. MlcSpatialPrefetcherEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. MlcStreamerPrefetcherEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. NumaEn: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. QpiLinkSpeed: · 0—9.6 GT. · 1—10.4 GT. · 2—Max. DdrFreqLimit: · 0—Auto. · 5—DDR_1333. · 7—DDR_1600. · 9—DDR_1866. · 11—DDR_2133. · 13—DDR_2400. · 15—DDR_2666. · 17—DDR_2933. PxeOpRom: · 1—UEFI. · 2—Legacy. PowerState: · 0. · 1. · 2—Removed. AltEngPerfBIAS: · 0—Performance. · 7—Balanced performance. · 8—Balanced power. · 15—Power. BootMode: · 1—UEFI. · 0—Legacy. COD: · 0. · 1. · 2. Snoop Mode: · 0. · 1. · 2. · 3. · 4. Monitor/Mwait: · 0. · 1. Enforce POR: · 0—Enabled. · 2—Disabled. · 3—Auto. PXE Retry: Value range is 0 to 50. FirstBootDevice: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USB HDD. · 3—USB ODD. · 4—USB key. · 5—USB floppy. · 6—USB LAN. · 7—Network. · 8—UEFI application. · 9—Disable. SecondBootDevice: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USB HDD. · 3—USB ODD. · 4—USB key. · 5—USB floppy. · 6—USB LAN. · 7—Network. · 8—UEFI application. · 9—Disable. BusinessPortStatus: · 0—Enable. · 1—Disable. ProcessorCcxEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. SR_IOV_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. INTEL_VT_FOR_DIRECTED_IO: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. OS_ACPI_CX: · 0x00—ACPI C2. · 0x01—ACPI C3. CPU_C6_REPORT: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. · 0xff—Auto. CPUFlexRatioOverride: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. CPUCoreFlexRatio: The value range is 0 to 100. SpareErrTh: The value range is 0x00 to 0x7FFF. SpareIntSelect: · 0—Disable. · 1—SMI signal. LeakyBktLo: The value range is 0x00 to 0x3f. LeakyBktHi: The value range is 0x00 to 0x29. PStateLimit: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
Table 120 Response field description (Intel G5 servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
TurboMode: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorEistEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorVmxEnable: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable: · 0—For G3 servers, enable hyper-threading. · 1—For G3 servers, disable hyper-threading. NumaEn: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. AltEngPerfBIAS: · 0—Performance. · 7—Balanced Performance. · 8—Balanced Power. · 15—Power. FirstBootDevice: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USBHDD. · 3—USBODD. · 4—USBKEY. · 5—USBFDD. · 6—USBLAN. · 7—NETWORK. · 8—UEFI_APPLICATION. · 9—DISABLE. FirstBootDevice: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 4—USB key. · 7—Network. · 9—Disable. IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. SpareErrTh: The value range is 0x00 to 0x7FFF. SpareIntSelect: · 0—Disable. · 1—SMI signal. LeakyBktLo: The value range is 0x00 to 0x29. LeakyBktHi: The value range is 0x00 to 0x29. |
Table 121 Request field description (AMD G5 servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Index. For more information, see Table 122. |
Table 122 Field values for 4950 G5 MILAN, 4950 G5 ROME, 5500 G5 ROME, and 5500 G5 MILAN
|
Data[7] |
Index: · 0x00—IOMMU. · 0x01—Global C-state Control. · 0x02—Determinism Control. · 0x03—Determinism Slider. · 0x04—DF Cstates. · 0x05—NUMA nodes per socket. · 0x06—Memory interleaving. · 0x07—FirstBootDevice. · 0x08—IPv4 PXE Support. · 0x09—IPv6 PXE Support. |
Table 123 Request field description (Hygon servers)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Index. For more information, see Table 124. |
Table 124 Field values for 4930 G5 and 4330 G5 (Hygon 3)
|
Data[7] |
Index: · 0x00—IOMMU. · 0x01—Global C-state Control. · 0x02—Determinism Slider. · 0x03—NUMA. · 0x04—Memory interleaving. · 0x05—FirstBootDevice. · 0x06—NetBootIPVersion. |
Table 125 Field values for 4930 G5 and 4330 G5 (Hygon 2)
|
Data[7] |
Index: · 0x00—IOMMU. · 0x01—GlobalCstateControl. · 0x02—Determinism Slider. · 0x03—NumaNodes. · 0x04—Memory Interleaving. · 0x05—FirstBootDevice. · 0x06—IPv4Support. · 0x07—IPv6Support. |
Table 126 Response field description for AMD G5 servers (4950 G5 MILAN, 4950 G5 ROME, 5500 G5 ROME, 5500 G5 MILAN)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Data: · 0x00—IOMMU: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto (default). · 0x01—Global C-state Control: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto. · 0x02—Determinism Control: ¡ 0—Manual (default). ¡ 1—Auto. · 0x03—Determinism Slider: ¡ 0—Performance (default). ¡ 1—Auto. ¡ 2—Power. · 0x04—DF Cstates: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto. · 0x05—NUMA nodes per socket: ¡ 0—NPS0. ¡ 1—NPS1. ¡ 2—NPS2. ¡ 3—NPS4. ¡ 4—Auto (default). · 0x06—Memory interleaving: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Auto. · 0x07—FirstBootDevice: ¡ 0—Hard Disk. ¡ 1—Network. ¡ 4—CD/DVD. ¡ 7—Other Device, The current setting does not support being disabled. · 0x08—IPv4 PXE Support: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · 0x09—IPv6 PXE Support: ¡ 0—Disable ¡ 1—Enable (default). |
Table 127 Response field description for Hygon servers (4930G5 and 4330G5) (Hygon 3)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Data: · 0x00—IOMMU: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto (default). · 0x01—Global C-state Control: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto. · 0x02—Determinism Slider: ¡ 0—Performance. ¡ 1—Auto (default). ¡ 2—Power. · 0x03—NUMA: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · 0x04—Memory interleaving: ¡ 0—None. ¡ 1—Channel. ¡ 2—Die. ¡ 3—Socket. ¡ 4—Auto. · 0x05—FirstBootDevice: ¡ 0—Hard Disk. ¡ 1—Network. ¡ 4—CD/DVD. ¡ 7—Other Device, The current setting does not support being disabled. · 0x06—NetBootIPVersion. ¡ 0—IPv4. ¡ 1—IPv6. ¡ 2—All. |
Table 128 Response field description for Hygon servers (4930 G5 and 4330 G5) (Hygon 2)
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Data: · 0x00—IOMMU: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto (default). · 0x01—GlobalCstateControl: ¡ 0—Disable (default). ¡ 1—Enable. ¡ 2—Auto. · 0x02—Determinism Slider: ¡ 0—Performance. ¡ 1—Auto (default). ¡ 2—Power. · 0x03—NumaNodes: ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · 0x04—Memory interleaving: ¡ 0—None. ¡ 1—Channel. ¡ 2—Die. ¡ 3—Socket. ¡ 4—Auto. · 0x05—FirstBootDevice: ¡ 0—Hard Disk. ¡ 1—Network. ¡ 4—CD/DVD. ¡ 7—Other Device, The current setting does not support being disabled. · 0x06—IPv4Support. ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). · 0x07—IPv4Support. ¡ 0—Disable. ¡ 1—Enable (default). |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
· Only devices that use Intel CPUs support this command. Blade servers do not support this command.
· For more information about support of AMD G5 servers for this command, see the parameter description for the corresponding server model. AMD G3 servers are not supported.
· For information about support of Hygon 2 and Hygon 3 for this command, see the parameter description.
Examples
# Obtain a BIOS setting.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x1a 0x09
a2 63 00 02
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.34 |
Added support of some AMD and Hygon products for BIOS options. |
|
HDM-3.11 |
Added support for G5 Intel servers. |
Configure all BIOS settings
Use this command to configure all BIOS settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x1b Data[7] Data[8] Data[9] Data[10] Data[11] Data[12] Data[12] Data[13] Data[14] Data[15] Data[16] Data[17] Data[18] Data[19] Data[20] Data[21] Data[22] Data[23] Data[24] Data[25] Data[26] Data[27] Data[28] Data[29] Data[30] Data[31] Data[32] Data[33] Data[34] Data[35] Data[36] Data[37] Data[38] Data[39] Data[40] Data[41] Data[42] Data[43] Data[44]
Parameters
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Configure the TurboMode item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[8] |
Configure the ProcessorEistEnable item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[9] |
Configure the PackageCState item. Supported options: · 0—C0 support. · 1—C2 support. · 2—C6 support. · 3—C6 retsupport. |
|
Data[10] |
Configure the ProcessorC1eEnable item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[11] |
Configure the ProcessorVmxEnable item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[12] |
Configure the ProcessorHyperThreadingDisable item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[13] |
Configure the MlcSpatialPrefetcherEnable item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[14] |
Configure the MlcStreamerPrefetcherEnable item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[15] |
Configure the NumaEn item. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[16] |
Configure the QpiLinkSpeed item. Supported options: · 0—9.6 GT. · 1—10.4 GT. · 2—Max. |
|
Data[17] |
Configure the DdrFreqLimit item. Supported options: · 0—Auto. · 5—DDR_1333. · 7—DDR_1600. · 9—DDR_1866. · 11—DDR_2133. · 13—DDR_2400. · 15—DDR_2666. · 17—DDR_2933. |
|
Data[18] |
Configure the PxeOpRom item. Supported options: · 1—UEFI. · 2—Legacy. |
|
Data[19] |
Configure the PowerState item. Supported options: · 0. · 1. · 2—Removed. |
|
Data[20] |
Configure the AltEngPerfBIAS item. Supported options: · 0—Performance. · 7—Balanced performance. · 8—Balanced power. · 15—Power. |
|
Data[21] |
Configure the BootMode item. Supported options: · 1—UEFI. · 0—Legacy. |
|
Data[22] |
Configure the COD item. Supported options: · 0. · 1. · 2. |
|
Data[23] |
Configure the Snoop Mode item. Supported options: · 0. · 1. · 2. · 3. · 4. |
|
Data[24] |
Configure the Monitor/Mwait item. Supported options: · 0. · 1. |
|
Data[25] |
Configure the Enforce POR item. Supported options: · 0—Enabled. · 2—Disabled. · 3—Auto. |
|
Data[26] |
Configure the PXE Retry item. Value range: 0 to 50. |
|
Data[27] |
Configure the FirstBootDevice item. Supported options: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USB HDD. · 3—USB ODD. · 4—USB key. · 5—USB FDD. · 6—USB LAN. · 7—Network. · 8—UEFI application. · 9—Disable. |
|
Data[28] |
Configure the SecondBootDevice item. Supported options: · 0—HDD. · 1—ODD. · 2—USB HDD. · 3—USB ODD. · 4—USB key. · 5—USB FDD. · 6—USB LAN. · 7—Network. · 8—UEFI application. · 9—Disable. |
|
Data[29] |
Configure the BusinessPortStatus item. Supported options: · 0—Enable. · 1—Disable. |
|
Data[30] |
Configure the ProcessorCcxEnable item. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[31] |
Configure the SR_IOV_SUPPORT item. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[32] |
Configure the INTEL_VT_FOR_DIRECTED_IO item. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[33] |
Configure the IPV4_PXE_SUPPORT item. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[34] |
Configure the IPV6_PXE_SUPPORT item. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[35] |
Configure the OS_ACPI_CX item. Supported options: · 0x00—ACPI C2. · 0x01—ACPI C3. |
|
Data[36] |
Configure the CPU_C6_REPORT item. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. · 0xff—Auto. |
|
Data[37] |
Configure the CPUFlexRatioOverride item. Supported options: · 0x01—Enable. · 0x00—Disable. |
|
Data[38] |
Configure the CPUCoreFlexRatio item. Value range: 0 to 100. |
|
Data[39] |
Configure the SpareErrTh item, LS byte first. Value range: 0x00 to 0xff. |
|
Data[40] |
Configure the SpareErrTh item, MS byte first. Value range: 0x00 to 0x7f. |
|
Data[41] |
Configure the SpareIntSelect item. Supported options: · smi signal—Enable. · 0x00—Disable. |
|
Data[42] |
Configure the LeakyBktLo item. Value range: 0x00 to 0x3f. |
|
Data[43] |
Configure the LeakyBktHi item. Value range: 0x00 to 0x29. |
|
Data[44] |
Configure the PStateLimit item. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
User role
User
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Only devices that use Intel CPUs support this command. Devices that use AMD CPUs such as R4950 do not support this command. Blade servers do not support this command. G5 servers do not support this command.
Examples
# Configure all BIOS settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x1b 0x00 0x00 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x00 0x01 0xff 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x64 0x04 0x11 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x00
a2 63 00
Table 129 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
DNS
Obtain host name setting
Use this command to obtain host name setting.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6b 0x01 Blockselect
Table 130 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain host name settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x01 0x00
01 09 6c 6f 63 61 6c 68 6f 73 74 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00
01
09
6c 6f 63 61 6c 68 6f 73 74
Table 131 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Host name setting method. Supported options: · 0—Manual. · 1—Auto. |
|
Data[2] |
Length of the host name. |
|
Data[3:130] |
Host name. |
Obtain DNS registration settings
Use this command to obtain DNS registration settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6b 0x02 Blockselect
Table 132 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain DNS registration settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x02 0x00
21 01 00
21
01
Table 133 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
DNS registration options. Each byte represents a port. Each bit in a byte represents the enabling status of an option. Value 1 indicates enabled and 0 indicates disabled. Bit[0]: Enabling status of DNS registration. Bit[1]: TSIG authentication. Bit[2]: Multicast DNS. Bit[4]: FQDN name registration. Bit[5]: Host name registration. |
Obtain DNS domain settings
Use this command to obtain DNS domain settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6b 0x03 Blockselect
Table 134 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain DNS domain settings.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x03 0x00
01 00 01 08
01
00
01
08
Table 135 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
DHCP mode for a domain. Supported options: · 0—Manual. · 1—Automatic. |
|
Data[2] |
Domain index (the port to obtain DNS domain information). Supported options: · 0—Shared network port (eth0). · 1—Dedicated network port (eth1). |
|
Data[3] |
IP priority of the domain. Supported options: · 0—DNS domain information will not be obtained. · 1—IPv4 address is preferred. · 2—IPv6 address is preferred. |
|
Data[4] |
Length of the domain name. |
Obtain the domain suffix
Use this command to obtain the domain suffix.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6b 0x04 Blockselect
Table 136 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the domain suffix.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x04 0x01
74 65 73 74 2e 63 6f 6d 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
74 65 73 74 2e 63 6f 6d
Table 137 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:64] |
Domain suffix. |
Obtain the DNS sever settings
Use this command to obtain the DNS sever settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6b 0x05 Blockselect
Table 138 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the DNS sever settings.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x05 0x00
01 01 01
01
01
01
Table 139 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
DHCP mode of a DNS server. Supported options: · 0—Manual. · 1—Auto. |
|
Data[2] |
DNS index (the port to obtain DNS server information). Supported options: · 0—Shared network port (eth0). · 1—Dedicated network port (eth1). |
|
Data[3] |
IP priority of the DNS server. Supported options: · 0—DNS server information will not be obtained. · 1—IPv4 address is preferred. · 2—IPv6 address is preferred. |
Obtain the IP addresses of DNS servers
Use this command to obtain the IP addresses of DNS servers.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6b 0x06 Blockselect
Table 140 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the IP address of DNS server 1.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x06 0x01
c0 a8 0a c9
c0 a8 0a c9
# Obtain the IP address of DNS server 2.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x06 0x02
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 141 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:N] |
IP address of a DNS server. N is 4 for an IPv4 address and 16 for an IPv6 address. This field displays all 0s if the IP address of a DNS server is not specified. |
Obtain the enabling status of DNS registration
Use this command to obtain the enabling status of DNS registration.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6b 0x09 Blockselect
Table 142 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the enabling status of DNS registration.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6b 0x09 0x00
01
01
Table 143 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Enabling status of DNS registration. Supported options: · 0—Disabled. · 1—Enabled. |
Configure the host name settings
Use this command to configure the host name settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x01 Blockselect HostSetting HostNameLen HostName
Table 144 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Specify the host name setting method. Supported options: · 0—Manual. · 1—Auto. |
|
Data[6] |
Set the length of the host name. |
|
Data[7:x] |
Specify the host name. The host name must end with 0x00, and the maximum length is 128 bytes. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure the host name settings.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x09 0x6c 0x6f 0x63 0x61 0x6c 0x68 0x6f 0x73 0x74 0x00
00
09
6c 6f 63 61 6c 68 6f 73 74
Configure DNS registration options
Use this command to configure DNS registration options.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x02 Blockselect RegDNSConf
Table 145 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5:6] |
Configure the DNS registration options. Each byte represents a port. Each bit in a byte represents whether to enable an option. Value 1 indicates to enable and 0 indicates to disable. Bit[0]: DNS registration. Bit[1]: TSIG authentication. Bit[2]: Multicast DNS. Bit[4]: FQDN name registration . Bit[5]: Host name registration . |
|
Data[7] |
Reserved. This field is fixed to 0. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
After you execute this command, you must commit the DNS configuration changes for the configuration to take effect.
Examples
# Enable DNS registration on the shared network port (eth0) without options specified, and enable DSN registration on the dedicated port(eth1) with the host name registration method specified.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x02 0x00 0x01 0x21 0x00
01
21
Configure DNS domain settings
Use this command to configure DNS domain settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x03 Blockselect DomainDHCP DomainIndex Domainpriority DomainLen
Table 146 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Specify the DHCP mode for a domain. Supported options: · 0—Manual. · 1—Auto. |
|
Data[6] |
Specify the domain index (the port to obtain DNS domain information). Supported options: · 0—Shared network port (eth0). · 1—Dedicated network port (eth1). |
|
Data[7] |
Set the IP priority of the domain. Supported options: · 0—DNS domain information will not be obtained. · 1—IPv4 address is preferred. · 2—IPv6 address is preferred. |
|
Data[8] |
Length of the domain name. |
Usage guidelines
After you execute this command, you must commit the DNS configuration changes for the configuration to take effect.
If the DHCP mode for a DNS domain is auto, you cannot set the IP priority of the domain to 0.
If the DHCP mode for a DNS domain is manual, you must set the domain index and the IP priority of the domain to 0.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure DNS domain settings.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x03 0x00 0x01 0x01 0x01 0x08
Set the domain suffix
Use this command to set the domain suffix.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x04 Blockselect DomainName
Table 147 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5:68] |
Set the domain suffix. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
After you execute this command, you must commit the DNS configuration changes for the configuration to take effect.
Examples
# Set the domain suffix to test.com.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x04 0x01 0x74 0x65 0x73 0x74 0x2e 0x63 0x6f 0x6d
74 65 73 74 2e 63 6f 6d
Configure DNS server settings
Use this command to configure DNS server settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x05 Blockselect DNSDHCP DNSIndex IPPriority
Table 148 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Specify the DHCP mode for a DNS server. Supported options: · 0—Manual. · 1—Auto. |
|
Data[6] |
Specify the DNS index (the port to obtain DNS server information). Supported options: · 0—Shared network port (eth0). · 1—Dedicated network port (eth1). |
|
Data[7] |
Set the IP priority of the DNS server. Supported options: · 0—DNS server information will not be obtained. · 1—IPv4 address is preferred. · 2—IPv6 address is preferred. |
Usage guidelines
After you execute this command, you must commit the DNS configuration changes for the configuration to take effect.
If the DHCP mode for a DNS server is auto, you cannot set the IP priority of the DNS server to 0.
If the DHCP mode for a DNS server is manual, you must set the DNS index and the IP priority of the DNS server to 0.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure DNS server settings.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x05 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x01
Specify the IP address of a DNS server
Use this command to specify the IP address of a DNS server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x06 Blockselect DNSIPAddr
Table 149 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5:N] |
Specify the IP address of a DNS server. N is 4 for an IPv4 address and 16 for an IPv6 address. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
After you execute this command, you must commit the DNS configuration changes for the configuration to take effect.
When you configure this command, make sure the DHCP mode for the DNS server is manual.
Examples
# Specify the IP address of a DNS server.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x06 0x01 0xc0 0xa8 0x0a 0xc8
Commit DNS configuration changes
Use this command to commit DNS configuration changes.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x07 Blockselect
Table 150 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Commit DNS configuration changes.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x07 0x00
Set the enabling status of DNS registration
Use this command to set the enabling status of DNS registration. The configuration takes effect after a restart.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6c 0x09 Blockselect DNSRegEnable
Table 151 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Enable or disable DNS registration. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Enable DNS registration.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6c 0x09 0x00 0x01
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
N/A |
Added the description that this command takes effect only after a restart. |
Firewall
Obtain IPv4 firewall rule information
Use this command to obtain information about an IPv4 firewall rule.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x77 0x01 EntryNo
Table 152 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Specify the number of an IPv4 firewall rule. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain information about an IPv4 firewall rule.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x77 0x01 0x00
0c 00 c0 a8 0a 58 c0 a8 0a 63 e3 07 03 0c 02 1f e3 07 03 14 02 1f
0c
00
c0 a8 0a 58
c0 a8 0a 63
e3 07 03 0c
02 1f
e3 07 03 14
02 1f
Table 153 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Type of the IPv4 firewall rule. Supported options: · 0x00—IPv4 address-based. It has no validity period or address range. · 0x01—IPv4 address-based. It has an address range but no validity period. · 0x0b—IPv4 address-based. It has a validity period but no address range. · 0x0c—IPv4 address-based. It has a validity period and address range. · 0x1d—IPv4 and MAC address-based. It has no validity period or address range. · 0x1e—IPv4 and MAC address-based. It has an address range but no validity period. · 0x1f—IPv4 and MAC address-based. It has a validity period but no address range. · 0x20—IPv4 and MAC address-based. It has a validity period and address range. · 0x30—MAC address-based. It has no validity period or address range. · 0x32—MAC address-based. It has a validity period but no address range. |
|
Data[2] |
State of the IPv4 firewall rule. Supported options: · 0—Blacklist rule. · 1—Whitelist rule. |
|
Data[3:N] |
Detailed information about the IPv4 firewall rule. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.09 |
Added support for whitelist rule and blacklist rule. Modified the types of firewall rules. |
Obtain IPv6 firewall rule information
Use this command to obtain information about an IPv6 firewall rule.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x77 0x04 EntryNo
Table 154 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Specify the number of an IPv6 firewall rule. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain information about an IPv6 firewall rule.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x77 0x04 0x00
28 00 3f fe 12 34 ee ee 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 34 3f fe 12 34 ee ee 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 a0 12 13 14 15 16 e3 07 09 1e 10 00 e3 07 0a 01 10 00
28
00
3f fe 12 34 ee ee 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 34 3ffe:1234:eeee:0100::1234
3f fe 12 34 ee ee 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 45 3ffe:1234:eeee:0100::2345
a0 12 13 14 15 16 0:12:13:14:15:16
e3 07 09 1e
10 00
e3 07 0a 01
10 00 16:00
Table 155 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Type of the IPv6 firewall rule. Supported options: · 0x15—IPv6 address-based. It has a validity period but no address range. · 0x16—IPv6 address-based. It has a validity period and address range. · 0x40—IPv6 address-based. It has no validity period or address range. · 0x41—IPv6 address-based. It has an address range but no validity period. · 0x25—IPv6 and MAC address-based. It has no validity period or address range. · 0x26—IPv6 and MAC address-based. It has an address range but no validity period. · 0x27—IPv6 and MAC address-based. It has a validity period but no address range. · 0x28—IPv6 and MAC address-based. It has a validity period and address range. |
|
Data[2] |
State of the IPv6 firewall rule. Supported options: · 0—Blacklist rule. · 1—Whitelist rule. |
|
Data[3:N] |
Detailed information about the IPv6 firewall rule. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.09 |
Added support for whitelist rule and blacklist rule. Modified the types of firewall rules. |
Network
Obtain the status of a network port
Use this command to obtain the status of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x72 0x00 setselect BlockSelect
Table 156 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Set selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Enable both IPv4 and IPv6 on the shared network port (eth0).
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x72 0x00 0x00 0x00
00 03
Table 157 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Index of a network port. |
|
Data[2] |
Status of the network port. Supported options: · 0x00—Both IPv4 and IPv6 are disabled. · 0x01—Only IPv4 is enabled. · 0x02—Only IPv6 is enabled. · 0x03—Both IPv4 and IPv6 are enabled. |
Obtain bond settings
Use this command to obtain bond settings of a bond port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x72 0x01 setselect BlockSelect
Table 158 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Parameter selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain bond settings of a bond port.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x72 0x01 0x00 0x00
01 00 01 64 00 03 01
01
00
01
64 00
03
01
Table 159 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Enabling status of the bonding mode. Supported options: · 1—Enabled. · 0—Disabled. |
|
Data[2] |
Index of a bond port. |
|
Data[3] |
Type of the bonding mode. Supported options: · 0x01—Active/standby mode. |
|
Data[4:5] |
MII interval. |
|
Data[6] |
Network ports bonded in the bond port. Each bit in this field represents the index of a network port. |
|
Data[7] |
Enabling status of automatic configuration. |
Obtain the enabling status of a bond port
Use this command to obtain the enabling status of a bond port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x72 0x02 setselect BlockSelect
Table 160 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Parameter selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the enabling status of a bond port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x72 0x02 0x00 0x00
01 02
01
02
Table 161 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Enabling status of a bond port. Supported options: · 1—Enabled. · 0—Disabled. |
|
Data[2] |
Index of the bond port. |
Obtain the number of network ports
Use this command to obtain the number of network ports.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x72 0x03 setselect BlockSelect
Table 162 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Parameter selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the number of network ports.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x72 0x03 0x00 0x00
02 00 01 00 00 00
02
00 01 00 00 00
Table 163 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Total number of network ports. |
|
Data[2:6] |
Indexes of the network ports. |
Obtain channel information of a network port
Use this command to obtain channel information of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x72 0x04 setselect BlockSelect
Table 164 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Parameter selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain channel information of a network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x72 0x04 0x01 0x00
08
08
Table 165 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Channel number of a network port. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.03 |
G5: Network port eth0 uses channel 8 and network port eth1 uses channel 1. G3: Network port eth0 uses channel 1 and network port eth1 uses channel 8. |
Obtain the name of a network port
Use this command to obtain the name of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x72 0x05 setselect BlockSelect
Table 166 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Parameter selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the name of a network port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x72 0x05 0x01 0x00
65 74 68 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
65 74 68 31
Table 167 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:N] |
Name of a network port. |
Obtain the primary port of a bond port
Use this command to obtain the primary port of a bond port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x72 0x06 setselect BlockSelect
Table 168 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[5] |
Parameter selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the primary port of a bond port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x72 0x06 0x00 0x00
00 02
00
02
Table 169 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Index of a bond port. |
|
Data[2] |
Index of the primary port for the bond port. Each bit in the byte represents the index of a network port. The bit with value 1 indicates that the network port is the primary port. |
Set the status of a network port
Use this command to set the status of a network port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x71 0x00 Param EthIndex EnableState
Table 170 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Specify the index of a network port. |
|
Data[5] |
Set the status of the network port. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable both IPv4 and IPv6. · 0x01—Enable only IPv4. · 0x02—Enable only IPv6. · 0x03—Enable both IPv4 and IPv6. Note: 0x00 is not available for the dedicated network port. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Enable both IPv4 and IPv6 on the dedicated network interface (eth1) of G3 servers.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x71 0x00 0x01 0x03
Configure the bond settings
Use this command to configure the bond setting for a bond port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x71 0x01 BondEnable BondIndex BondMode MiiInterval Slaves AutoConf
Table 171 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Enable or disable the bonding mode. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[5] |
Specify the index of a bond port. |
|
Data[6] |
Set the type of the bonding mode. Supported options: · 0x01—Active/standby mode. |
|
Data[7:8] |
Set the MII interval. |
|
Data[9] |
Specify network ports to be bonded. Each bit in this field represents the index of a network port. |
|
Data[10] |
Enable or disable automatic configuration. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Enable bond port 0, set the bonding mode type to active/standby mode, and add the shared network port (eth0) and the dedicated network port (eth1) to the bond port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x71 0x01 0x01 0x00 0x01 0x64 0x00 0x03 0x00
Set the primary port for a bond port
Use this command to set the primary port for a bond port.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x71 0x06 BondIndex ActiveIndex
Table 172 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
Data[4] |
Specify the index of a bond port. |
|
Data[5] |
Specify the index of a network port to act as the primary port in the bond port. Each bit in the byte represents the index of a network port. To specify a network port as the primary port, set the bit of the network port to 1. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set the primary port to the shared network port (eth0) for a bond port.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.88.88 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x71 0x06 0x00 0x01
Obtain the link status of dedicated and shared network ports
Use this command to obtain the link status of dedicated and shared network ports.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x6a
Table 173 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the link status of dedicated and shared network ports.
COMMAND> ipmitool -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin –P Password@_ -I lanplus raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x6a
a2 63 00 01 04 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00
Table 174 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Link status of the dedicated port. Supported options: · 0x01—Up. · 0x00—Down. |
|
Data[5] |
Number of shared ports. |
|
Data[6] |
Ports selected as the shared ports. |
|
Data[7:21] |
Link status of the shared ports. Supported options: · 0x01—Up. · 0x00—Down. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.12 |
Added this command. |
Network-related settings
Obtain HDM network service information
Use this command to obtain information about an HDM network service.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x69 Data[0:3]
Table 175 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
0x32 |
NetFn code. |
|
0x69 |
Command code. |
|
Data[0:3] |
Specify the service ID. Supported options: · 0x00000001—Web. · 0x00000002—KVM. · 0x00000004—CD-media. · 0x00000008—FD-media. · 0x00000010—HD-media. · 0x00000020—SSH. · 0x00000040—Telnet. · 0x00000080—IPMI. · 0x00000100—SNMP. · 0x00000400—Remote XDP/iHDT. · 0x00000800—VNC. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain SSH service information.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.55.2 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x69 0x20 0x00 0x00 0x00
20 00 00 00 01 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46
46 46 46 46 46 00 ff ff ff ff 16 00 00 00 58 02
00 00 83 80 3c 00 00 00 08 07 00 00
Table 176 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:4] |
Service ID. Supported options: · 0x00000001—Web. · 0x00000002—KVM. · 0x00000004—CD-media. · 0x00000008—FD-media. · 0x00000010—HD-media. · 0x00000020—SSH. · 0x00000040—Telnet. · 0x00000080—IPMI. · 0x00000100—SNMP. · 0x00000400—Remote XDP/iHDT. · 0x00000800—VNC. |
|
Data[5] |
Enabling status of the service. |
|
Data[6:22] |
Interface name. This field is a string in ACSII format. An interface will be padded with 0x00s if the interface name is not long enough. |
|
Data[23:26] |
Insecure service port. The value of all-Fs indicates that the interface is a secure service port. |
|
Data[27:30] |
Secure service port. The value of all-Fs indicates that the interface is an insecure service port. |
|
Data[31:34] |
Session timeout time. |
|
Data[35] |
Maximum number of sessions. If this field displays 0xFF, the field value is invalid. Bit[7]: If this bit is 1, the field cannot be modified. Bits[6:0]: Maximum number of sessions. |
|
Data[36] |
Number of active sessions. If this field displays 0xFF, the field value is invalid. Bit[7]: If this bit is 1, the field cannot be modified. Bits[6:0]: Number of active sessions. |
|
Data[37:40] |
Minimum session timeout time, in seconds. |
|
Data[41:44] |
Maximum session timeout time, in seconds. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
2.19 |
Added support for the iHDT service. |
Configure HDM network service settings
Use this command to configure HDM network service settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6a Data[0:3] Data[4] Data[5:21] Data[22:25] Data[26:29] Data[30:33] Data[34] Data[34] Data[35]
Table 177 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
0x32 |
NetFn code. |
|
0x6a |
Command code. |
|
Data[0:3] |
Specify a service ID. Supported options: · 0x00000001—Web. · 0x00000002—KVM. · 0x00000004—CD-media. · 0x00000008—FD-media. · 0x00000010—HD-media. · 0x00000020—SSH. · 0x00000040—Telnet. · 0x00000080—IPMI. · 0x00000100—SNMP. · 0x00000400—Remote XDP/iHDT. · 0x00000800—VNC. |
|
Data[4] |
Enable or disable the service. Supported options: · 0—Disable. · 1—Enable. |
|
Data[5:21] |
Specify an interface name. This field is required. This field is a string in ACSII format. An interface will be padded with 0x00s if the interface name is not long enough. |
|
Data[22:25] |
Specify the interface as an insecure service port. To use the interface as a secure service port, set the field value to all Fs. |
|
Data[26:29] |
Specify the interface as a secure service port. To use the interface as an insecure service port, set the field value to all Fs. |
|
Data[30:33] |
Set the session timeout time, in seconds. The value of this field must be a multiple of 60. |
|
Data[34] |
Set the maximum number of sessions. Refer to the maximum number of sessions field in the obtained HDM network service information to set this field: · If the obtained field displays 0xFF, set this field to 0xFF. · If the highest bit of the obtained field is 1, set this field to 0. |
|
Data[35] |
Set the number of active sessions. Refer to the number of active sessions field in the obtained HDM network service information to set this field: · If the obtained field displays 0xFF, set this field to 0xFF. · If the highest bit of the obtained field is 1, set this field to 0. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Security
Examples
# Set the session timeout time to 900 seconds for the SSH service.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.55.2 -U admin -P Password@ raw 0x32 0x6a 0x20 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x46 0x00 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0x16 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x84 0x03 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Obtain the SSH service information to verify that the session timeout time has been set to 900 seconds.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.55.2 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x69 0x20 0x00 0x00 0x00
20 00 00 00 01 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46
46 46 46 46 46 00 ff ff ff ff 16 00 00 00 84 03
00 00 83 80 3c 00 00 00 08 07 00 00
Table 178 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[0] |
Completion code. Supported options: · 0x00—Command succeeded. · 0xF5—This code is returned if you change the VNC service settings when active VNC sessions exist. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.19 |
Added support for the iHDT service. |
|
HDM-1.30.07 |
Added completion code 0xF5. |
Configure LDAP settings
Use this command to configure LDAP settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xC9 0x00 0x00 Data[5:N]
Table 179 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
|
Data[3] |
Parameter Selector |
|
|
Data[4] |
Block selector |
|
|
Data[5:N] |
Configuration data parameters. For more information about configuration parameters, see Table 180. |
|
Table 180 Configuration data parameters
|
Field |
Parameter selector |
Block selector |
Description |
|
LDAP status |
0 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the LDAP authentication status. Bits[7:1]: Reserved. Bit[0]: Enable or disable LDAP authentication. Supported options: · 0h—Disable. · 1h—Enable. |
|
Encryption type |
1 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Specify the encryption type. Bits[7:2]: Reserved Bit[1]: Specify StartTLS. Supported options: · 0h—Disable. · 1h—Enable. Bit[0]: Specify SSL. Supported options: · 0h—Disable. · 1h—Enable. |
|
Port number |
2 |
0x00 |
Data[5:6]: Specify the LDAP service port number. Default: 389. Data type: Hexadecimal number. |
|
Secondary port number |
3 |
0x00 |
Data[5:6]: Specify the secondary LDAP service port number. Data type: Hexadecimal number. |
|
Server address |
4 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
4 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify the address of the LDAP server. Data type: String in ASCII format. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. |
|
|
4 |
0x04 |
Data[5:67]: Specify the address of the LDAP server. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of an IP or FQDN address is 255 bytes. |
|
|
Secondary server address |
5 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
5 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify the secondary address of the LDAP server. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
|
5 |
0x04 |
Data[5;67]: Specify the secondary address of the LDAP server. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of an IP or FQDN address is 255 bytes. |
|
|
Password |
6 |
0x00 |
Data[5:51]: Specify the password for the bind DN. |
|
Bind DN |
7 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
7 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify a bind DN. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
|
7 |
0x04 |
Data[5:67]: Specify a bind DN. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a bind DN is 255 bytes. |
|
|
Search Base |
8 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
8 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify a search base. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
|
8 |
0x04 |
Data[5:67]: Specify a search base. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a search base is 255 bytes. |
|
|
User identification method |
9 |
0x00 |
Data[5:11]: Set the user identification method. Supported options: · uid. · cn. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
Default role |
10 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the default role. (Not realized.) |
|
Adding a role group |
11 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
11 |
0x01 to 0x04 |
Data[5]: Add a role group. Data[6:N]: Configure role group parameters. For more information about role group parameters, see Table 181. |
|
|
Server address configuration |
12 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Specify the type of the IP addresses for the LDAP server. Supported options: · 0x00—IP address. · 0x01—FQDN address. |
Table 181 Role group parameters (Data[1] refers to Data[6] in the whole command)
|
Parameter |
Parameter Selector |
Block selector |
Description |
|
User ID |
0 |
0x1 |
Data[1]:0 Data[2]: Specify a user ID. Supported options: · 0h—User 1. · 1h—User 2. · 2h—User 3. · 3h—User 4. · 4h—User 5. |
|
Role group name |
1 |
0x1 to 0x3 |
Data[1]: 1. Data[2:65]: Specify the group name. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
1 |
0x4 |
Data[1]: 1. Data[2:64]: Specify the group name. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a group name is 255 bytes. |
|
|
Role group domain |
2 |
0x1 to 0x3 |
Data[1]: 2. Data[2:65]: Specify the role group domain. Each domain can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
2 |
0x4 |
Data[1]: 2. Data[2:64]: Specify the role group domain. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a group domain is 255 bytes. |
|
|
Role group privilege |
3 |
1 |
Data[1]: 3. Data[2]: Specify the user role for the role group. Supported options: · 10h—custom 5. · 9h—custom 4. · 8h—custom 3. · 7h—custom 2. · 6h—custom 1. · 4h—administrator. · 3h—operator. · 2h—user. Data[3:5]: Reserved. |
|
Extended privileges for the role group |
4 |
0x1 |
Data[1]: 4. Data[2:5]: Specify extended privileges for the role group. For each bit in this byte, value 0 indicates to disable and value 1 indicates to enable. Data[2]: Bit[0]: KVM. Bit[1]: VMedia. Bit[2]: Network. Bit[3]: User settings. Bit[4]: Configuration and security. Bit[5]: Power consumption. Bit[6]: Maintenance. Bit[7]: Health diagnosis. Data[3]: Bit[0]: Reserved. Bit[1]: Specify remote control. Bits[2:7]: Reserved. Data[4:5]: Reserved. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
To configure a parameter that does not contain blocks, you must set the block selector to 0.
You cannot pad an IP address with 0s. For example, you cannot pad 192.168.1.1 with 0s to change the IP address to 192.168.001.001.
When you specify the address for the LDAP server, make sure the address type is consistent with the address type specified in the server address configuration field.
Before you execute the command to configure a parameter that contains multiple blocks, you must first execute the command with the Progress bit set to 1. After you configure the parameter, you must execute the command with the Progress bit set to 0.
To add a role group, you must execute the command repeatedly to specify all the parameters in Table 181.
Examples
· Configure extended LDAP settings.
# Enable LDAP authentication.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x00 0x00 0x01
# Set the LDAP encryption type.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x01 0x00 0x00
# Set the LDAP service port number to 389.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x02 0x00 0x85 0x01
# Specify 192.168.100.239 as the IP address of the LDAP server.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x04 0x00 0x01
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x04 0x01 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x2e 0x31 0x36 0x38 0x2e 0x31 0x30 0x30 0x2e 0x32 0x33 0x39 0x00
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x04 0x00 0x00
# Set the bind DN.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x07 0x00 0x01
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x07 0x01 0x63 0x6E 0x3D 0x61 0x64 0x6D 0x69 0x6E 0x2C 0x64 0x63 0x3D 0x65 0x78 0x61 0x6D 0x70 0x6C 0x65 0x2C 0x64 0x63 0x3D 0x63 0x6F 0x6D
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x07 0x00 0x00
# Set the password for the bind DN.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x06 0x00 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36
# Set the search base for the bind DN.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x08 0x00 0x01
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x08 0x01 0x64 0x63 0x3D 0x65 0x78 0x61 0x6D 0x70 0x6C 0x65 0x2C 0x64 0x63 0x3D 0x63 0x6F 0x6D
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x08 0x00 0x00
# Set the user identification method used by the LDAP server to uid.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x09 0x00 0x75 0x69 0x64 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Set the type of the IP address for the LDAP server to IP.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0C 0x00 0x00
· Add a role group.
# Set the Progress bit for adding a role group.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0B 0x00 0x01
# Specify a user ID.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0B 0x01 0x00 0x01
# Set the role group name.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0B 0x01 0x01 0x74 0x65 0x73 0x74 0x67 0x72 0x6F 0x75 0x70 0x31
# Specify the search base.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0B 0x01 0x02 0x64 0x63 0x3D 0x65 0x78 0x61 0x6D 0x70 0x6C 0x65 0x2C 0x64 0x63 0x3D 0x63 0x6F 0x6D
# Specify the privilege for the role group.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0B 0x01 0x03 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Specify the extended privileges for the user group.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0B 0x01 0x04 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Reset the Progress bit to save the configuration.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC9 0x0B 0x00 0x00
Table 182 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[0] |
Completion code. Supported options: · 0x00—Command succeeded. · 0x94—Invalid command. · 0x80—Unsupported parameter or disabled function. · 0x81—The Progress bit is set to in progress. · 0x9D—The Progress bit is not set. · 0x93—Invalid IP address. |
Change history
|
Field |
Description |
|
2.0.04 |
User roles custom 1 to custom 5 were added. |
Configure Active Directory (AD) settings
Use this command to configure AD settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xC5 Data[3] Data[3] Data[5:N]
Table 183 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
|
|
Data[4] |
Block selector. |
|
|
Data[5:N] |
Configuration data parameters. For more information about configuration data parameters, see Table 184. |
|
Table 184 Configuration data parameters
|
Field |
Parameter selector |
Block selector |
Description |
|
AD status |
0x00 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the AD authentication status. Bits[7:1]: Reserved Bit[0]: Enable or disable AD authentication. Supported options: · 0h—Disable. · 1h—Enable. |
|
SSL status |
0x01 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the SSL status. Bits[7:1]: Reserved. Bit[0]: Enable or disable SSL. Supported options: · 0h—Disable. · 1h—Enable. |
|
Timeout |
0x02 |
0x00 |
Data[5:8]: Set the AD timeout time, in seconds. Data type: Hexadecimal number. |
|
RAC domain |
0x03 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
0x03 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify a RAC domain. Data type: String in ASCII format. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. |
|
|
0x03 |
0x04 |
Data[5:67]: Specify a RAC domain. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a RAC domain name is 255 bytes. |
|
|
AD type |
0x04 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the AD type. Bits[7:2]: Reserved Bit[1:0]: Specify an AD type. Supported options: · 01h—Extended type. This value is not supported in the current software version. · 02h—Standard type. |
|
DC filter 1 |
0x05 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
0x05 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify DC filter 1. Data type: String in ASCII format. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. |
|
|
0x05 |
0x04 |
Data[5:67]: Specify DC filter 1. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of DC filter 1 is 255 bytes. |
|
|
DC filter 2 |
0x06 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
0x06 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify DC filter 2. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
|
0x06 |
0x04 |
Data[5:67]: Specify DC filter 2. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of DC filter 2 is 255 bytes. |
|
|
DC filter 3 |
0x07 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
0x07 |
0x01 to 0x03 |
Data[5:68]: Specify DC filter 3. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
|
0x07 |
0x04 |
Data[5:67]: Specify DC filter 3. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of DC filter 3 is 255 bytes. |
|
|
RAC user name |
0x08 |
0x00 |
Data[5:68]: Specify a username. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
RAC password |
0x09 |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
0x09 |
0x01 |
Data[5:68]: Specify the password for the user. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
|
0x09 |
0x02 |
Data[5:67]: Specify the password for the user. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a bind DN is 127 bytes. |
|
|
Adding a role group |
0x0A |
0x00 |
Data[5]: Set the Progress bit. Supported options: · 1—Set in progress. · 0—Reset and save. |
|
0x0A |
0x01 to 0x04 |
Data[5]: Add a role group. Data[6:N]: Configure role group parameters. For more information about role group parameters, see Table 185. |
Table 185 Role group parameters (Data[1] refers to Data[6] in the whole command)
|
Field |
Parameter selector |
Block selector |
Description |
|
User ID |
0x00 |
0x1 |
Data[1]: 0. Data[2]: Specify a user ID. |
|
Role group name |
0x01 |
0x1 to 0x3 |
Data[1]: 1. Data[2:65]: Specify the role group name. Each block can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
0x4 |
Data[1]: 1. Data[2:64]: Specifies the role group name. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a role group name is 255 bytes. |
||
|
Role group domain |
0x02 |
0x1 to 0x3 |
Data[1]: 2. Data[2:65]: Specify the role group domain. Each domain can have a maximum of 64 bytes. Data type: String in ASCII format. |
|
0x4 |
Data[1]: 2. Data[2:64]: Specify the role group domain. Data type: String in ASCII format. The maximum length of a group domain is 255 bytes. |
||
|
Role group privilege |
0x03 |
0x1 |
Data[1]: 3. Data[2]: Specify the user role for the role group. User roles of administrator, operator, and user are supported. Supported options: · 10h—custom 5. · 9h—custom 4. · 8h—custom 3. · 7h—custom 2. · 6h—custom 1. · 4h—administrator. · 3h—operator. · 2h—user. Data[3:5]: Reserved. |
|
Extended privileges for the role group |
0x04 |
0x1 |
Data[1]: 4. Data[2:5]: Specify extended privileges for the role group. For each bit in this byte, value 0 indicates to disable and value 1 indicates to enable. Data[2]: Bit[0]: KVM. Bit[1]: VMedia. Bit[2]: Network. Bit[3]: User settings. Bit[4]: Configuration and security. Bit[5]: Power consumption. Bit[6]: Maintenance. Bit[7]: Health diagnosis. Data[3]: Bit[0]: Reserved. Bit[1]: Specify remote control. Bit[2:7]: Reserved. Data[4:5]: Reserved. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
User accounts
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
To configure a parameter that does not contain blocks, you must set the block selector to 0.
Before you execute the command to configure a parameter that contains multiple blocks, you must first execute the command with the Progress bit set to 1. After you configure the parameter, you must execute the command with the Progress bit set to 0.
To add a role group, you must execute the command repeatedly to specify all the parameters in Table 185.
Examples
· Set the RAC domain to sit.com in in-band configuration way.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x03 0x00 0x01
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x03 0x01 0x73 0x69 0x74 0x2E 0x63 0x6F 0x6D 0x00
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x03 0x00 0x00
· Add a role group.
# Specify the search base.
# Set the Progress bit for adding a role group.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x0A 0x00 0x00
# Specify a user ID.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x0A 0x01 0x00 0x01
# Set the role group name.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x0A 0x01 0x01 0x74 0x65 0x73 0x74 0x67 0x72 0x6F 0x75 0x70 0x31 0x00
# Specify a RAC domain.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x0A 0x01 0x02 0x73 0x69 0x74 0x2E 0x63 0x6F 0x6D 0x00
# Specify the role group privilege.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x0A 0x01 0x03 0x04 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Specify extended privileges for the role group.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x0A 0x01 0x04 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Reset the Progress bit to save the configuration.
COMMAND>ipmitool raw 0x32 0xC5 0x0A 0x00 0x00
Table 186 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Completion code. Supported options: · 0x00—Command succeeded. · 0x94—Invalid command. · 0x80—Unsupported parameter or disabled function. · 0x81—The Progress bit is set to in progress. · 0x9D—The Progress bit is not set. · 0x93—Invalid IP address. · 0x99—Invalid username. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.04 |
User roles custom 1 to custom 5 were added. |
|
HDM-1.30.12 |
Added this command. |
Obtain permission of all user roles
Use this command to obtain permissions of all user roles.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x67
Table 187 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain permissions of all user roles.
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x67
a2 63 00 ff 01 b7 01 80 01 80 01 80 01 80 01 80 01 80 01
Table 188 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00 |
|
Data[4-5] |
Permissions of user role Administrator. |
|
Data[6-7] |
Permissions of user role Operator. |
|
Data[8-9] |
Permissions of user role User. |
|
Data[10-11] |
Permissions of the custom 1 user role. |
|
Data[12-13] |
Permissions of the custom 2 user role. |
|
Data[14-15] |
Permissions of the custom 3 user role. |
|
Data[16-17] |
Permissions of the custom 4 user role. |
|
Data[18-19] |
Permissions of the custom 5 user role. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.04 |
Added this command. |
Set permissions for a custom user role
Use this command to set permissions for a custom user role.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x51 0x01 0xe3 0x00
Table 189 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Custom user role ID: · 0x01—Custom 1. · 0x02—Custom 2. · 0x03—Custom 3. · 0x04—Custom 4. · 0x05—Custom 5. |
|
Data[8-9] |
Permissions that a user role has: Data8: · 0—Remote control · 1—Remote media. · 2—Security. · 3—User accounts · 4—Basic configuration · 5—Power control. · 6—Maintenance · 7—Information query. Data9: · 0—Password modification · 1 to 7—Reserved. |
User role
Admin
Required permission
User accounts
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set permissions for the custom 1 user role.
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x51 0x01 0xe3 0x00
0xa2 0x63 0x00
Table 190 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.0.04 |
Added this command. |
SNMP
Obtain basic SNMP settings
Use this command to obtain basic SNMP settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x6e 0x00
Table 191 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Parameter selector. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain basic SNMP settings.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.1.238 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x6e 0x00
00 01
31 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00
32 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Table 192 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Enabling status of SNMPv1. Supported options: · 1—Enabled. · 0—Disabled. |
|
Data[2] |
Enabling status of SNMPv2. Supported options: · 1—Enabled. · 0—Disabled. |
|
Date[3:34] |
Read community. |
|
Data[35] |
Reserved. |
|
Date[36:67] |
Write community. |
|
Date[68] |
Reserved. |
|
Date[69] |
Enabling status of long password. Supported options: · 1—Enabled. · 0—Disabled. |
|
Date[70] |
Reserved. |
Configure basic SNMP settings
Use this command to configure basic SNMP settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x61 v1_Enable v2c_Enable rcommunity wcommunity Longpassword 0x00
Table 193 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Enable or disable SNMPv1. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[4] |
Enable or disable SNMPv2c. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Date[5:37] |
Read community. |
|
Date[38:70] |
Write community. |
|
Date[71] |
Enable or disable long password. · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Date[72] |
Reserved. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure basic SNMP settings.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.1.238 -U admin -P Password@_ raw
0x32 0x61 0x00 0x01
0x31 0x31 0x31 0x31 0x32 0x32 0x32 0x32 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00
0x32 0x32 0x32 0x32 0x33 0x33 0x33 0x33 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
0x00 0x00 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.11.35 |
Merged two reserved fields to the Read community and Write community fields, respectively. |
|
HDM-1.11.29 |
Added two reserved fields and changed the position of the Longpassword field. |
Set the enabling status of SNMP traps
Use this command to set the enabling status of SNMP traps.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x01 SnmpTrapEnable
Table 194 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Enable or disable SNMP traps. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Disable SNMP traps.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x01 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Set the SNMP trap version
Use this command to set the SNMP trap version.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x02 SnmpTrapVersion
Table 195 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Set the SNMP trap version for a user. Bits[0:1]: Specify an SNMP version. Supported options: · 0—SNMPv1. · 1—SNMPv2c. · 2—SNMPv3. Bits[2:7]: Specify a user ID. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Usage guidelines
To set the SNMP trap version to SNMPv3, you must specify an existing user that has the SNMP extended privilege.
Examples
# Set the SNMP trap version to SNMPv1.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x02 0x00
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Set the location of an SNMP trap node
Use this command to set the location of an SNMP trap node.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x05 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x00
Table 196 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7:N] |
Location of the SNMP trap node. This field is a string of 1 to 32 bytes and ended with \0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set the location of an SNMP trap node.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x05 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Set the SNMP trap contact information
Use this command to set the SNMP trap contact information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x06 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x00
Table 197 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7:N] |
Set the contact information. This field is a string of 1 to 32 bytes and ended with \0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set the SNMP trap contact.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x06 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Configure an SNMP community
Use this command to configure an SNMP community.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x07 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x00
Table 198 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7:N] |
Specify the name of the SNMP community. This field is a string of 1 to 32 bytes and ended with \0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure an SNMP community.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x07 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Specify the severity levels of SNMP traps to be reported
Use this command to specify the severity levels of SNMP traps to be reported.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x08 Data[7]
Table 199 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand node. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the severity levels. Supported options: · 2—All. · 1—Major + critical. · 0—Minor + major + critical. |
User role
User
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Specify the severity levels of SNMP traps to be reported.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x08 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.12 |
Modified the severity level of "major + critical" to "minor + major + critical". |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Configure an SNMP trap server
Use this command to configure an SNMP trap server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x09 Data[7] Data[8] Data[9:10] Date[11] Date[12:N]
Table 200 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of an SNMP trap server. Supported options: · 1. · 2. · 3. · 4. · 5. · 6. · 7. · 8. |
|
Data[8] |
Enable or disable the SNMP trap server. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. |
|
Data[9:10] |
Specify the port number of the SNMP trap server. |
|
Data[11] |
Specify the mode of the SNMP trap server. Supported options: · 0—IPv4. · 1—IPv6 or domain name. |
|
Data[12:76] |
Specify the ASCII code for the IPv6 address or domain name of the SNMP trap server, up to 64 characters. If the string does not reach the maximum length, 0x00 must be added at the end as an end tag. |
User role
User
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure IPv4 address 192.168.1.2 for the SNMP trap server.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x09 0x02 0x01 0xA3 0x00 0x00 0xc0 0xa8 0x1 0x2
# Configure domain name www.12345.comv for the SNMP trap server.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x09 0x02 0x01 0xA3 0x00 0x01 0x77 0x77 0x77 0x2E 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x2E 0x63 0x6F 0x6D 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
# Configure IPv6 address fe80::2220:2220:2220:2220:1348 for the SNMP trap server.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x09 0x03 0x01 0xA3 0x00 0x01 0x66 0x65 0x38 0x30 0x3A 0x3A 0x32 0x32 0x32 0x30 0x3A 0x32 0x32 0x32 0x30 0x3A 0x32 0x32 0x32 0x30 0x3A 0x32 0x32 0x32 0x30 0x3A 0x31 0x33 0x34 0x38 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-6.01 |
Added restrictions and guidelines for specifying IPv6 addresses or domain names for Data[12]. |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added the support for the number of SNMP trap servers from 4 to 8. |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Set the SNMP trap mode
Use this command to set the SNMP trap mode.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0a 0x00
Table 201 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Trap mode: · 1—Event OID mode. · 0—Module OID mode. |
User role
Admin
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0d 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0a 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Added this command. |
NTP
Obtain NTP server addresses
Use this command to obtain the IP addresses of NTP servers.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xA7
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Usage guidelines
The obtained IP addresses of NTP servers are in hexadecimal notation. As a best practice for better understanding, convert the format of the IP addresses to ASCII.
Examples
# Obtain the IP addresses of NTP servers.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xA7
00 31 2e 63 6e 2e 70 6f 6f 6c 2e 6e 74 70 2e 6f
72 67 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 32 2e 63 6e 2e 70 6f 6f 6c 2e 6e 74 70 2e 6f
72 67 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00
Table 202 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NTP status. Supported options: · 0—NTP is off. · 1—NTP is on, and synchronization succeeded. · 2—NTP is on, but synchronization failed. |
|
Data[2:129] |
Primary NTP server. |
|
Data[130:257] |
Secondary NTP server. |
Obtain the NTP time zone
Use this command to obtain the NTP time zone.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xA6
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Usage guidelines
The obtained NTP time zone is in hexadecimal notation. As a best practice for better understanding, convert the format of the time zone to ASCII.
Examples
# Obtain the current NTP time zone.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xA6
55 54 43 2d 38
Table 203 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:N] |
Time zone. |
Specify the primary NTP server
Use this command to specify the primary NTP server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xA8 0x01 Data[1:x]
Table 204 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:x] |
Specify the address of the primary NTP server, a hexadecimal value of 1 to 127 bytes. Supported address types: · IPv4 address. · IPv6 address. · FQDN address. The maximum value of N is 128. |
Default
The primary NTP server is at 1.cn.pool.ntp.org.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
You can use the Notepad++ source code editor to convert an ASCII address to a hexadecimal address.
Examples
# Specify the host at ntp.abc.com as the primary NTP server.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xA8 0x01 0x6e 0x74 0x70 0x2e 0x68 0x33 0x63 0x2e 0x63 0x6f 0x6d
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.12.05 |
Removed the fixed 128-byte length limit on the IP addresses of NTP servers. |
Specify the secondary NTP server
Use this command to specify the secondary NTP server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xA8 0x02 Data[1:x]
Table 205 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:x] |
Specify the address of the secondary NTP server, a hexadecimal value of 1 to 127 bytes. Supported address types: · IPv4 address. · IPv6 address. · FQDN address. The maximum value of N is 128. |
Default
The secondary NTP server is at 2.cn.pool.ntp.org.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
You can use the Notepad++ source code editor to convert an ASCII address to a hexadecimal address.
Examples
# Specify the host at ntp2.abc.com as the secondary NTP server.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xA8 0x02 0x6e 0x74 0x70 0x32 0x2e 0x68 0x33 0x63 0x2e 0x63 0x6f 0x6d
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.12.05 |
Removed the fixed 128-byte length limit on the IP addresses of NTP servers. |
Specify the tertiary NTP server
Use this command to specify the tertiary NTP server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xA8 0x05 Data[1:x]
Table 206 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:x] |
Specify the address of the tertiary NTP server, a hexadecimal value of 1 to 127 bytes. Supported address types: · IPv4 address. · IPv6 address. · FQDN address. The maximum value of N is 128. |
Default
No tertiary NTP server is specified.
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
You can use the Notepad++ source code editor to convert an ASCII address to a hexadecimal address.
Examples
# Specify the host at ntp3.abc.com as the tertiary NTP server.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xA8 0x05 0x6e 0x74 0x70 0x33 0x2e 0x68 0x33 0x63 0x2e 0x63 0x6f 0x6d
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.12 |
Added this command. |
Configure time synchronization with NTP servers
Use this command to configure time synchronization with NTP servers.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xA8 0x03 Data[1]
Table 207 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Enable or disable time synchronization with NTP servers. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
Before you enable time synchronization with NTP servers, make sure the NTP servers are reachable.
When time synchronization with NTP servers is enabled, the server automatically synchronizes the data and time with NTP servers.
When time synchronization is disabled, HDM uses the current time. HDM will synchronize the time with the BIOS after the server reboots.
Examples
# Disable time synchronization with NTP servers.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xA8 0x03 0x00
Set the time zone
Use this command to set the time zone.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x0A 0x5D Data[1:2]
Table 208 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:2] |
Specify the UTC offset, in minutes. The value range is -720 to 840. Only hours and half hours are supported. The value must be in hexadecimal format. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Usage guidelines
To correctly set the time zone, you must correctly calculate the UTC offset, and then convert the offset to a value in hexadecimal and little endian format. For example, to set the time zone to UTC-8:00, perform the following steps:
1. Calculate the UTC offset: -8*60=-480.
2. Convert the offset to a value in hexadecimal notation 0xfe 0x20.
3. Adjust the endianness of the value to little endian: 0x20 0xfe.
Examples
# Set the time zone to UTC-8:00.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x0A 0x5D 0x20 0xfe
Set the NTP refresh interval
Use this command to set the NTP refresh interval (the frequency at which the server synchronizes the time with NTP servers.)
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x05 Data[7:10]
Table 209 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7:10] |
Set the NTP refresh interval, in seconds. Value range: 600 to 2592000. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Examples
# Set the NTP refresh interval to 600 seconds.
COMMAND> ipmitool -H 127.0.0.1 -U jdroot -P JCss%6!8 -I lanplus raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x05 0x58 0x02 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00
Obtain the IP address of the tertiary NTP server
Use this command to obtain the IP address of the tertiary NTP server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x70
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the IP address of the tertiary NTP server.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x70
a2 63 00 33 2e 63 6e 2e 70 6f 6f 6c 2e 6e 74 70
2e 6f 72 67 00 31 30 30 52 30 30 31 42 30 32 44
30 32 37 53 50 30 34 5f 44 45 42 55 47 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Table 210 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:131] |
IP address of the tertiary NTP server, which is shorter than 128 bytes. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.11.36, HDM-1.30.12 |
Added this command. |
Obtain the NTP synchronization interval
Use this command to obtain the NTP synchronization interval.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0b
Table 211 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the NTP synchronization interval.
COMMAND> ipmitool -H 127.0.0.1 -U jdroot -P JCss%6!8 -I lanplus raw 0x36 0x0a 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0b
a2 63 00 58 02 00 00
Table 212 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00 |
|
Data[4:7] |
Synchronization interval in seconds. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added this command. |
HDM maintenance
Obtain HDM firmware information
Use this command to obtain HDM firmware information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xb4 0x01
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain HDM firmware information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xB4 0x01
01 01 01 42 4d 43 00 00 00 00 00 01 0b 0e 00 00
00 00 00 01 48 44 4d 20 56 31 30 30 52 30 30 31
42 30 32 44 30 31 34 5f 44 45 42 55 47 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Table 213 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Number of HDM firmware versions. |
|
Information about the first HDM firmware version |
|
|
Data[2] |
ID. |
|
Data[3] |
Instance. |
|
Data[4:11] |
Device name. This field is a string fixed to BMC. |
|
Data[12] |
Major version, in decimal notation. |
|
Data[13] |
Minor version. |
|
Data[14:19] |
Aux version. Data[14]: Small version. Data[15]: SP version. Data[16]: HP version Data[17:19]: Reserved. Major, minor, and aux versions together define a firmware version. The following are examples: · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080000000000 represent version 1.00.08. · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080100000000 represent version 1.00.08P01. · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080102000000 represent version 1.00.08P01H02. |
|
Data[20] |
Device. |
|
Data[21:148] |
Internal version. This field is a string, V500R001B01D002, for example. |
|
Information about the Nth HDM firmware version (if any). N represents the number of an HDM firmware version. |
|
Obtain BIOS firmware information
Use this command to obtain BIOS firmware information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xb4 0x02
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain BIOS firmware information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xB4 0x02
01 02 01 42 49 4f 53 00 00 00 00 01 00 1a 00 00
00 00 00 01 56 31 30 30 52 30 30 31 42 30 31 44
30 32 36 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Table 214 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Number of BIOS firmware versions. |
|
Information about the first BIOS firmware version |
|
|
Data[2] |
Version ID. |
|
Data[3] |
Instance. |
|
Data[4:11] |
Device name. This field is a string fixed to BIOS. |
|
Data[12] |
Major version, in decimal notation. |
|
Data[13] |
Minor version. |
|
Data[14:19] |
Aux version. Data[14]: Small version. Data[15]: SP version. Data[16]: HP version. Data[17:19]: Reserved. Major, minor, and aux versions together define a firmware version. The following are examples: · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080000000000 represent version 1.00.08. · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080100000000 represent version 1.00.08P01. · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080102000000 represent version 1.00.08P01H02. |
|
Data[20] |
Device. |
|
Data[21:148] |
Internal version. This field is a string, V500R001B01D002, for example. |
|
Information about the Nth BIOS firmware version (if any). N represents the number of an HDM firmware version. |
|
Restore default HDM settings
Use this command to restore default HDM settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x66
Table 215 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Maintenance
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Restore default HDM settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw
0x32 0x66
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
3.12 |
Changed the command description to restoring default HDM settings. |
Restore factory HDM settings
Use this command to restore factory HDM settings, which is edited based on the default settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x66 0x01
Table 216 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Maintenance
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw
0x32 0x66 0x01
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.19 |
Added this command. |
Obtain PFR firmware information about a system board
Use this command to obtain PFR firmware information about a system board.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xb4 0x00 0x01
Required permission
Information query
Examples
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_raw 0x32 0xB4 0x00 0x01
01 86 01 50 46 52 43 50 4c 44 00 00 01 a5 00 00
00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Number of PFR versions. |
|
Information about the first PFR version |
|
|
Data[2] |
ID. |
|
Data[3] |
Instance. |
|
Data[4:11] |
Device name. This field is a string fixed to PFRCPLD. |
|
Data[12] |
Major version, in decimal notation. |
|
Data[13] |
Minor version. |
|
Data[14:19] |
Aux version. Data[14]: Small version. Data[15]: SP version. Data[16]: HP version Data[17:19]: Reserved. Major, minor, and aux versions together define a firmware version. The following are examples: · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080000000000 represent version 1.00.08. · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080100000000 represent version 1.00.08P01. · Major=0x01, Minor=0x00, Aux=0x080102000000 represent version 1.00.08P01H02. |
|
Data[20] |
Device. |
|
Data[21:148] |
Internal version. This field is a string. |
|
Information about the Nth PFR version (if any). N represents the number of a PFR version. |
|
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.09.00 |
Added this command. |
Obtain service USB device configuration
Use this command to obtain service USB device configuration.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x89
Table 217 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Only G5 servers that support the dedicated management interface support this command.
Examples
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x89
a2 63 00 00 00 00
Table 218 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Service USB device status: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[5] |
Presence status: · 0—Absent. · 1—Present. · 2—Operating. |
|
Data[6] |
Auto SDS log downloading: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added this command. |
Set service USB device configuration
Use this command to set service USB device configuration.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x71 0x01 0x01
Table 219 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Set the service USB device status: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
|
Data[8]
|
Set the auto SDS log downloading status: · 0—Off. · 1—On. |
Required permission
Maintenance
Product compatibility
Only G5 servers that support the dedicated management interface support this command.
Examples
# Set service USB device configuration.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x71 0x01 0x01
0xa2 0x63 0x00
Table 220 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added this command. |
Obtain Wi-Fi service enabling status
Use this command to obtain Wi-Fi service enabling status.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0xa2
Table 221 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Only servers that support the dedicated management interface support this command.
Examples
# View Wi-Fi service enabling status.
COMMAND> ipmitool -U admin -P Password@_ -I lanplus -H 192.168.10.18 raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0xa2
00
Table 222 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Wi-Fi service enabling status: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.18 |
Added this command. |
Set Wi-Fi service enabling status
Use this command to set Wi-Fi service enabling status.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0xa0 0x00
Table 223 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Set Wi-Fi service status: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Only servers that support the dedicated management interface support this command.
Examples
# Set Wi-Fi service enabling status.
COMMAND> ipmitool -U admin -P Password@_ -I lanplus -H 192.168.10.18 raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0xa0 0x00
a2 63 00
Table 224 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.18 |
Added this command. |
System maintenance
Obtain the SEL storage mode
Use this command to obtain the SEL storage mode. This mode defines the way how SEL processes new events when the maximum number (3639) of SEL logs is already reached.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x7e
Table 225 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
Default
The SEL storage mode is circular.
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the SEL storage mode.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x7e
01
Table 226 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
SEL storage mode. Supported options: · 00—Linear mode. In this mode, no new logs will be generated and old logs will not be cleared. · 01—Circular mode. In this mode, a new log is generated and overrides the oldest log. |
Set the SEL storage mode
Use this command to set the SEL storage mode.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x7f Data[3]
Table 227 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Set the SEL storage mode. Supported options: · 00—Linear mode. In this mode, no new logs will be generated and old logs will not be cleared. · 01—Circular mode. In this mode, a new log is generated and overrides the oldest log. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set the SEL storage mode.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x7f 0x01
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
2.25 |
Changed the required permission to basic configuration. |
Obtain overall information about SEL logs
Use this command to obtain overall information about SEL logs.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x12 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x1c Data[7] Data[8:9]
Table 228 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Overall information about SEL logs. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Reserved. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain overall information about SEL logs.
COMMAND>ipmitool -H 127.0.0.1 -I lanplus -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x12 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x1c 0x20 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 20 00 18 00 18 00 01 00
Table 229 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Used for error checking. It must be consistent with data [7] in the command. |
|
Data[5] |
Error code. Supported options: · 0x00—The request was returned successfully. · 0xe1—The request format is invalid. · 0xe2—No SEL logs exist. This code might be returned if SEL logs have been cleared. · 0xe3—The number of SEL logs exceeded 3639. This code might be returned if 3639 logs are displayed due to Web page alignment though the actual number of logs is less than 3639. · 0xe4—The SEL log with the specified record ID does not exist. · 0xe5—The specified packet of the specified SEL log does not exist. · 0xe6—The requested SEL log has been overwritten. · 0xe7—Failed to open the log file. · 0xe8—Failed to verify the event log. The record ID and log entry quantity do not match. · 0xe9—SEL log overview was not obtained. |
|
Data[6:7] |
Number of SEL logs. |
|
Data[8-9] |
Record ID of the most recent SEL log. |
|
Data[10:11] |
Record ID of the first SEL log. If SEL logs might be generated in circular mode, the record ID of the first SEL log can be greater than the record ID of the most recent log. |
Obtain information about an SEL log
Use this command to obtain information about an SEL log, including the log length and the number of packets transmitted for the log.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x12 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x1c 0x21 Data[8] Data[9:10]
Table 230 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. SEL-specific. |
|
Data[7] |
Information about an SEL log. |
|
Data[8] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[9:10] |
Specify the record ID of the SEL log. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain information about an SEL log.
COMMAND>ipmitool -H 127.0.0.1 -I lanplus -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x12 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x1c 0x21 0x00 0x18 0x00
a2 63 00 21 00 01 00 3d 00
Table 231 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Used for error checking. It must be consistent with data [7] in the command. |
|
Data[5] |
Error code. Supported options: · 0x00—The request was returned successfully. · 0xe1—The request format is invalid. · 0xe2—No SEL logs exist. This code might be returned if SEL logs have been cleared. · 0xe3—The number of SEL logs exceeded 3639. This code might be returned if 3639 logs are displayed due to Web page alignment though the actual number of logs is less than 3639. · 0xe4—The SEL log with the specified record ID does not exist. · 0xe5—The specified packet of the specified SEL log does not exist. · 0xe6—The requested SEL log has been overwritten. · 0xe7—Failed to open the log file. · 0xe8—Failed to verify the event log. The record ID and log entry quantity do not match. · 0xe9—SEL log overview was not obtained. |
|
Data[6] |
Number of packets for the SEL log. |
|
Data[7] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Length of the SEL log. |
Obtain information about a packet transmitted for an SEL log
Use this command to obtain information about a packet transmitted for an SEL log.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x12 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x1c 0x22 Data[8] Data[9:10]
Table 232 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Information about a packet transmitted for an SEL log. |
|
Data[8] |
Request of the packet transmitted for the SEL log. |
|
Data[9:10] |
Specify the record ID of the SEL log. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain information about a packet transmitted for an SEL log.
COMMAND>ipmitool -H 127.0.0.1 -I lanplus -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x12 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x1c 0x22 0x01 0x18 0x00
a2 63 00 22 00 3d 01 18 00 01 01 b4 dd d7 5e 43
50 55 31 5f 53 74 61 74 75 73 00 00 00 00 00 70
72 6f 63 65 73 73 6f 72 07 50 72 6f 63 65 73 73
6f 72 20 70 72 65 73 65 6e 63 65 20 64 65 74 65
63 74 65 64
Table 233 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Used for error checking. It must be consistent with data [7] in the command. |
|
Data[5] |
Error code. Supported options: · 0x00—The request was returned successfully. · 0xe1—The request format is invalid. · 0xe2—No SEL logs exist. This code might be returned if SEL logs have been cleared. · 0xe3—The number of SEL logs exceeded 3639. This code might be returned if 3639 logs are displayed due to Web page alignment though the actual number of logs is less than 3639. · 0xe4—The SEL log with the specified record ID does not exist. · 0xe5—The specified packet of the specified SEL log does not exist. · 0xe6—The requested SEL log has been overwritten. · 0xe7—Failed to open the log file. · 0xe8—Failed to verify the event log. The record ID and log entry quantity do not match. · 0xe9—SEL log overview was not obtained. |
|
Data[6] |
Length of the packet, in bytes. Value range: 1 to 100. |
|
Data[7] |
Information about the packet for error checking. |
|
Data[8] |
Content of the packet. The maximum value of N is 100. The content includes the following fields: · Record ID—Two bytes. Value range: 0x0001 to 0x0E37 (in LSB). · Trigger type—One byte. Supported options: ¡ 0x00—Deasserted. ¡ 0x01—Asserted. · Severity level—Four bytes. Supported options: ¡ 0—Information. ¡ 1—Minor. ¡ 2—Major. ¡ 3—Critical. · Timestamp—Four bytes, in LSB. · Sensor name—Variable length. The maximum length is 16 bytes. · Sensor type—Variable length. · Time description—Variable length. |
Obtain information about the serial port connected to the SOL
Use this command to obtain information about the serial port connected to the SOL.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x57
Table 234 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain information about the serial port connected to the SOL.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x57
0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x01
Table 235 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Type of the serial port connected to the SOL. Supported options: · 0x00—BIOS serial port. · 0x01—BMC serial port. · 0x02—Serial port of an H3C-proprietary RAID controller. · 0x03—Serial port of the smart Ethernet adapter. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.11.31P03 |
Added this command. |
Obtain information about the serial port connected to a panel
Use this command to obtain information about the serial port connected to a panel.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x58
Table 236 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
user
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain information about the serial port connected to a panel.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x58
0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x01
Table 237 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Type of the serial port connected to the SOL. Supported options: · 0x00—BIOS serial port. · 0x01—Serial port of an Ethernet adapter. · 0x02—Serial port of an H3C-proprietary RAID controller. · 0x03—Serial port of the smart Ethernet adapter. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.11.31P03 |
Added this command. |
Set the severity levels for SMTP alert emails
Use this command to set the severity levels for SMTP alert emails.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x78 0x01 0x1c 0x00 0x00 Data[7]
Table 238 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Specify a channel number. Supported options: · 0x01—Channel 1. · 0x08—Channel 8. |
|
Data[4] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[5] |
Set selector. |
|
Data[6] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[7] |
Set the severity levels. Supported options: · 0x00—Critical. · 0x01—Minor + major + critical. · 0x02—All. · 0x03—Major + critical. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Examples
# Set the severity levels for SMTP alert emails.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x78 0x01 0x1c 0x00 0x00 0x02
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.30 |
Added major + critical as an option to the severity level. |
|
HDM-1.30.12 |
Modified the severity level of "major + critical" to "minor + major + critical". |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Obtain the severity levels for SMTP alert emails
Use this command to obtain the severity levels for SMTP alert emails.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x79 Data[3] 0x1c 0x00 0x00
Table 239 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Specify a channel number. Supported options: · 0x01—Channel 1. · 0x08—Channel 8. |
|
Data[4] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[5] |
Set selector. |
|
Data[6] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the severity levels for SMTP alert emails.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x78 0x01 0x1c 0x00 0x00
0x02
Table 240 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Severity levels. Supported options: · 0x00—Critical. · 0x01—Minor + major + critical. · 0x02—All. · 0x03—Major + critical. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-3.30 |
Added major + critical as an option to the severity level. |
|
HDM-1.30.12 |
Modified the severity level of "major + critical" to "minor + major + critical". |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Obtain the address of the SMTP server
Use this command to obtain the address of the SMTP server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x79 Data[3] 0x01 0x00 0x00
Table 241 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Specify a channel number. Supported options: · 0x01—Channel 1. · 0x08—Channel 8. |
|
Data[4] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[5] |
Set selector. |
|
Data[6] |
Block selector. |
User role
User
Required permission
Information query
Examples
# Obtain the address of the SMTP server.
COMMAND> ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x79 0X01 0x01 0X00 0x00
73 6d 74 70 2e 73 69 74 2e 63 6f 6d 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 242 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:128] |
Address of the SMTP server. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.09 |
Added support for FQDN address to the address types of the SMTP trap server and extended the address length (including the terminator) from 46 bytes to 128 bytes. |
Specify the SMTP server
Use this command to specify the SMTP server.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0x78 Data[3] 0x01 0x00 0x00 Data[7:135]
Table 243 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Specify a channel number. Supported options: · 0x01—Channel 1. · 0x08—Channel 8. |
|
Data[4] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[5] |
Set selector. |
|
Data[6] |
Block selector. |
|
Data[7:135] |
Specify the address of the SMTP server. Supported address types: · IPv4 address. · IPv6 address. · FQDN address. The maximum length of the address is 128 bytes. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Examples
# Specify the host at smtp.sit.com as SMTP server.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0x78 0X01 0x01 0X00 0x00 0x73 0x6D 0x74 0x70 0x2E 0x73 0x69 0x74 0x2E 0x63 0x6F 0x6D
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.09 |
Added support for FQDN address to the address types of the SMTP trap server and extended the address length (including the terminator) from 46 bytes to 128 bytes. |
Obtain syslog settings
Use this command to obtain syslog settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x09
Table 244 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
Operator
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain syslog settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x09
a2 63 00 01 02 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Enabling status of syslog. Supported options: · 0x00—Disabled. · 0x01—Enabled. |
|
Data[5] |
Transmission type. Supported options: · 0x01—UDP. · 0x02—TCP. · 0x03—TLS (one-way authentication). · 0x04—TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
Data[6] |
Host identifier. Supported options: · 0x01—Host name. · 0x02—System board serial number. The 0x02 field represents product SN in HDM B03. · 0x03—Asset tag. · 0x04—Product SN. |
|
Data[7:231] |
Reserved. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.75 |
Added product serial number as an option to the host identifier. |
|
HDM-1.30.18SP52 HDM B05 |
Changed product serial number in the host identifier to system board serial number. |
|
HDM-1.30.10 |
Added transmission types TLS (one-way authentication) and TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Configure syslog settings
Use this command to configure syslog settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x4a 0x01 Data[8] Data[9]
Table 245 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Enable syslog. |
|
Data[8] |
Specify the transmission type. Supported options: · 0x01—UDP. · 0x02—TCP. · 0x03—TLS (one-way authentication). · 0x04—TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
Data[9] |
Specify the host identifier. Supported options: · 0x01—Host name. · 0x02—System board serial number. The 0x02 field represents product SN in HDM B03. · 0x03—Asset tag. · 0x04—Product SN. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure syslog settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x4a 0x01 0x01 0x02
0xa2 0x63 0x00
Table 246 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
|
HDM-2.75 |
Added product serial number as an option to the host identifier. |
|
|
HDM-1.30.18SP52 HDM B05 |
Changed product serial number in the host identifier to system board serial number. |
|
|
HDM-1.30.10 |
Added transmission types TLS (one-way authentication) and TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
|
Obtain syslog server settings
Use this command to obtain syslog server settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x0a
Table 247 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain syslog server settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x0a
a2 63 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 02 00 00 31
32 37 2e 30 2e 30 2e 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 02 02 00 00 31 32 37 2e 30 2e 30 2e 31
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 02 00 00 31
32 37 2e 30 2e 30 2e 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 02 02 00 00 31 32 37 2e 30 2e 30 2e 31
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00…
Table 248 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Enabling status of syslog. Supported options: · 0x00—Disabled. · 0x01—Enabled. |
|
Data[5:7] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[8] |
Status of channel 1. Supported options: · 0x00—Disabled. · 0x01—Enabled. |
|
Data[9] |
Types of logs to be sent. Supported options: · 0x00—No logs to send. · 0x01—Operation log. · 0x02—Event log. · 0x03—Event log + operation log. · 0x04—Security log. · 0x05—Security log + operation log. · 0x06—Security log + event log. · 0x07—All types of logs. |
|
Data[10:11] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[12:15] |
Port number of channel 1. For example, 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 represents port 514. |
|
Data[16:63] |
IP address of channel 1. Supported address types: · IPv4 address. · IPv6 address. The maximum length of the IP address is 48 bytes. For example, 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x2e 0x31 0x036 0x38 0x2e 0x31 0x2e 0x31 represents IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. |
|
Data[64:119] |
Information about channel 2, including enabling status, log types, reserved fields, port number, and IP address. |
|
Data[120:175] |
Information about channel 3, including enabling status, log types, reserved fields, port number, and IP address. |
|
Data[176:231] |
Information about channel 4, including enabling status, log types, reserved fields, port number, and IP address. |
|
Data[232-287] |
Information about channel 5, including enabling status, log types, reserved fields, port number, and IP address. |
|
Data[288-343] |
Information about channel 6, including enabling status, log types, reserved fields, port number, and IP address. |
|
Data[288-343] |
Information about channel 7, including enabling status, log types, reserved fields, port number, and IP address. |
|
Data[400-455] |
Information about channel 8, including enabling status, log types, reserved fields, port number, and IP address. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added the support for the number of syslog servers to 8. |
|
HDM-1.30.10 |
Added transmission types TLS (one-way authentication) and TLS (two-way authentication). |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Configure syslog server settings
Use this command to configure syslog server settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x4b Data[7] Data[8] Data[9] Data[10:11] Data[12:15] Data[16:N]
Table 249 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the number of a channel in the range of 1 to 8. |
|
Data[8] |
Enable or disable the channel. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
|
Data[9] |
Specify the types of logs to be sent. Supported options: · 0x00—No logs to send. · 0x01—Operation log. · 0x02—Event log. · 0x03—Event log + operation log. · 0x04—Security log. · 0x05—Security log + operation log. · 0x06—Security log + event log. · 0x07—All types of logs. |
|
Data[10:11] |
Reserved. |
|
Data[12:15] |
Specify the port number of the channel. For example, 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 represents port 514. |
|
Data[16:N] |
Specify the IP address of the channel. Supported address types: · IPv4 address. · IPv6 address. The maximum length of the IP address is 48 bytes. For example, 0x31 0x32 0x37 0x2e 0x30 0x2e 0x30 0x2e 0x31 represents IPv4 address 127.0.0.1. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure the syslog server settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x4b 0x01 0x01 0x03 0x00 0x00 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x2e 0x31 0x36 0x38 0x2e 0x33 0x30 0x2e 0x33 0x33 0x00
0xa2 0x63 0x00
Table 250 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added the support for the number of syslog servers to 8. |
|
HDM-1.30.08 |
Added this command. |
Obtain SDR server settings
Use this command to obtain SDR server settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x84
Table 251 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain SDR server settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x84
a2 63 00 01 02 02 02 00 00 2c 01 00 00 31 39 32
2e 31 36 38 2e 33 34 2e 32 31 37 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 252 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Enabling status of SDR. Supported options: · 0x00—Disabled. · 0x01—Enabled. |
|
Data[5] |
Connection type. Supported options: · 0x01—UDP. · 0x02—TCP. |
|
Data[6-9] |
Port number, in little endian format. For example, 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 indicates port 514. |
|
Data[10-13] |
Message sending interval, in little endian format. For example, 0x2c 0x01 0x00 0x00 indicates 300 seconds. |
|
Data[14-61] |
IP address. For example, 31 39 32 2e 31 36 38 2e 33 34 2e 32 31 37 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates IP address 192.168.34.217. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added this command. |
Configure SDR server settings
Use this command to configure SDR server settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x66 0x01 0x02 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x2c 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x2e 0x31 0x36 0x38 0x2e 0x33 0x34 0x2e 0x32 0x31 0x37
Table 253 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
|
Data[7] |
Configure SDR server status. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
|
|
Data[8] |
Connection type. Supported options: · 0x01—UDP. · 0x02—TCP. |
|
|
Data[6-9] |
Port number, in little endian format. For example, 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 indicates port 514. |
|
|
Data[10-13] |
Message sending interval, in little endian format. For example, 0x2c 0x01 0x00 0x00 indicates 300 seconds. |
|
|
Data[14-61] |
IP address. For example, 31 39 32 2e 31 36 38 2e 33 34 2e 32 31 37 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates IP address 192.168.34.217. |
|
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure the SDR server settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U root -P root raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x66 0x01 0x02 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x2c 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x2e 0x31 0x36 0x38 0x2e 0x33 0x34 0x2e 0x32 0x31 0x37
0xa2 0x63 0x00
Table 254 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.13.00 |
Added this command. |
Obtain serial server settings
Use this command to obtain serial server settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x0d
Table 255 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
Operator
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain serial server settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0a 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x0d
a2 63 00 01 02 02 02 00 00 31 39 32 2e 31 36 38
2e 33 34 2e 32 31 37 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table 256 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Enabling status of serial port. Supported options: · 0x00—Disabled. · 0x01—Enabled. |
|
Data[5] |
Connection type. Supported options: · 0x01—UDP. · 0x02—TCP. |
|
Data[6-9] |
Port number, in little endian format. For example, 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 indicates port 514. |
|
Data[10-57] |
IP address. For example, 31 39 32 2e 31 36 38 2e 33 34 2e 32 31 37 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates IP address 192.168.34.217. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.15P19 HDM-2.33 |
Added this command. |
Configure serial server settings
Use this command to configure serial server settings.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x6e 0x01 0x02 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x2e 0x31 0x36 0x38 0x2e 0x33 0x34 0x2e 0x32 0x31 0x37
Table 257 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Enabling status of serial port. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
|
Data[8] |
Connection type. Supported options: · 0x01—UDP. · 0x02—TCP. |
|
Data[6-9] |
Port number, in little endian format. For example, 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 indicates port 514. |
|
Data[10-57] |
IP address. For example, 31 39 32 2e 31 36 38 2e 33 34 2e 32 31 37 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates IP address 192.168.34.217. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Basic configuration
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure the serial server settings.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 127.0.0.1 -U root -P root raw 0x36 0x09 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x6e 0x01 0x02 0x02 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x31 0x39 0x32 0x2e 0x31 0x36 0x38 0x2e 0x33 0x34 0x2e 0x32 0x31 0x37
0xa2 0x63 0x00
Table 258 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.15P19 HDM-2.33 |
Added this command. |
Fans
Set the fan speed mode
Use this command to set the fan speed mode to optimize its cooling, noise control, and energy efficiency performance.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x03 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x60 speed_mode span_mode
Table 259 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Set the fan speed. Value range: 0x00 to 0x13, where 0x00 represents the first speed mode in HDM. |
|
Data[8] |
Set the fan speed mode. Supported options: · 0—Silent mode. To specify this mode, make sure the fan speed is 0x00. · 1—Balanced mode. To specify this mode, make sure the fan speed is 0x03. · 2—Powerful mode. To specify this mode, make sure the fan speed is 0x13. · 3—Custom cooling mode. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Non-blade servers.
Usage guidelines
For this command to take effect, you must reload the configuration file for fans.
Examples
# Set the fan speed to 0x12.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x03 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x60 0x12 0x03
a2 63 00 0x12
Table 260 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Fan speed. Value range: 0x00 to 0x13. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.11 |
Added the fan speed mode field. |
Reload the configuration file for fans
Use this command to reload the configuration file for fans.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x03 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x22
Table 261 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Non-blade servers.
Examples
# Reload the configuration file for fans.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x03 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x22
a2 63 00
Table 262 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Obtain FlyFish fan version
Use this command to obtain FlyFish fan version.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x90 [0x00-0x09]
Table 263 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Fan ID, in the range of 0 to 9. |
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
R5500G5 AMD and R5500G5 Intel servers.
Examples
# Obtain FlyFish fan version.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x90 0x00
a2 63 00 56 31 2E 30 30 2E 31 30 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4-27] |
Upgrade firmware version in string. For example, V1.00.10. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added this command. |
Power supplies
Obtain the maximum number of supported power supplies
Use this command to obtain the maximum number of supported power supplies.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x00
Table 264 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the maximum number of power supplies.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw
0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 04
Table 265 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Maximum number of power supplies supported by the system. |
Obtain the presence, AC input, and DC input status of a power supply
Use this command to obtain the presence, AC input, and DC input status of a power supply.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x02 UcDev
Table 266 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the presence, AC input, and DC input status of a power supply.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x02 0x01
a2 63 00 01 01 01
Table 267 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Presence status of the power supply. Supported options: · 1—Present. · 0—Absent. |
|
Data[5] |
AC input status. Supported options: · 1—Normal. · 0—Abnormal. |
|
Data[6] |
DC input status. Supported options: · 1—Normal. · 0—Abnormal or no DC input. |
Obtain the cold backup state of a power supply
Use this command to obtain the cold backup state of a power supply.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x03 UcDev
Table 268 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the cold backup state of a power supply.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x03 0x01
a2 63 00 00
Table 269 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Clod backup state. Supported options: · 0—The active power supplies supply power to the server together in a balanced way. · 1—The power supply is the active power supply in cold backup. · 2—The power supply is standby power supply 1 in cold backup. · 3—The power supply is standby power supply 2 in cold backup. · 4—The power supply is standby power supply 3 in cold backup. |
Configure a power supply to enter in cold backup
Use this command to configure a power supply to enter in cold backup.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x04 UcDev ucColdVal
Table 270 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
|
Data[8] |
Specify a cold backup state. Supported options: · 2—The power supply is standby power supply 1 in cold backup. · 3—The power supply is standby power supply 2 in cold backup. · 4—The power supply is standby power supply 3 in cold backup. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure a power supply to enter in cold backup.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x04 0x01 0x03
a2 63 00 03
Table 271 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Cold backup state. Supported options: · 0x2—The power supply is standby power supply 1 in cold backup. · 0x3—The power supply is standby power supply 2 in cold backup. · 0x4—The power supply is standby power supply 3 in cold backup. |
Configure a power supply to exit from cold backup
Use this command to configure a power supply to exit from cold backup.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x05 UcDev ucColdVal
Table 272 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
|
Data[8] |
Specify a clod backup state. Supported options: · 0x00—All power supplies are in the 0x01 state. · 0x01—The active power supplies supply power to the server together with in a balanced way. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Configure a power supply to exit from cold backup.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x05 0x01 0x01
a2 63 00 01
Table 273 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Clod backup state. Supported options: · 0x00—All power supplies are in the 0x01 state · 0x01—The active power supplies supply power to the server together with in a balanced way. |
Obtain the maximum output power of a power supply
Use this command to obtain the maximum output power of a power supply.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x08 UcDev
Table 274 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the maximum output power of a power supply.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x08 0x01
a2 63 00 26 02
Table 275 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:5] |
Maximum output power of the power supply, in W. This field is in litter endian. |
Obtain the current output power of a power supply
Use this command to obtain the current output power of a power supply.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x0e UcDev
Table 276 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the current output power of a power supply.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x0e 0x01
a2 63 00 0a 01
Table 277 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:5] |
Current output power of the power supply, in W. This field is in litter endian. |
Obtain the range of the power cap value
Use this command to obtain the range of the power cap value.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x10
Table 278 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the range of the power cap value.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x10
a2 63 00 26 02 96 00
Table 279 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:5] |
Maximum power cap value, in W. This field is in litter endian. |
|
Data[6:7] |
Minimum power cap value, in W. This field is in litter endian. |
Obtain the power information of a power supply
Use this command to obtain the power information (including the input power, output power, input current, input voltage, and output voltage) of a power supply.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x12 UcDev
Table 280 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the number of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the power information (including the input power, output power, input current, input voltage, and output voltage) of a power supply.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x12 0x01
a2 63 00 52 00 5d 00 b5 01 e8 00 57 2f
Table 281 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:5] |
Output power, in W and in little endian format. |
|
Data[6:7] |
Input power, in W and in little endian format. |
|
Data[8:9] |
Input current, in mA and in little endian format. |
|
Data[10:11] |
Input voltage, in V and in little endian format. |
|
Data[12:13] |
Output voltage, in mV and in little endian format. |
Obtain the second firmware revision of a power supply
Use this command to obtain the second firmware revision of a power supply.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x14 UcDev
Table 282 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the second firmware revision of a power supply.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x14 0x01
a2 63 00 31 4d 2e 30 30 30 39 2e 30 30 32 34 2e 30 30 32
Table 283 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:19] |
Firmware information of the power supply, a string. |
Obtain model match information for all presented power supplies
Use this command to obtain model match information for all presented power supplies, including whether the power supplies are H3C power supplies and are of the same model.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x01
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Examples
# Obtain model match information for all presented power supplies.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x01
a2 63 00 00
Table 284 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Match information of all presented power supplies. Supported options: · 00h—All the power supplies are H3C power supplies and of the same mode. · 01h—Not all the power supplies are H3C power supplies and of the same mode. |
Obtain the manufacturer information of a power module
Use this command to obtain the manufacturer information of a power module.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x06 power_id
Table 285 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
power_id |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Examples
# Obtain the manufacturer information of a power module.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x06 0x01
a2 63 00 46 53 50 2d 47 52 4f 55 50
Table 286 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:N] |
Manufacturer of the power supply, a hexadecimal value of 1 to 16 bytes. For better understanding, convert the string format to ASCII. |
Obtain the model of a power supply
Use this command to obtain the model of a power supply.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x07 power_id
Table 287 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
power_id |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Examples
# Obtain the model of a power supply.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.50.166 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x07 0x01
a2 63 00 50 53 52 35 35 30 2d 31 32 41
Table 288 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4:N] |
Model of the power supply. The maximum length of this field is 16 bytes. This string is in hexadecimal format. For better understanding, convert the string format to ASCII. |
Obtain power supply information displayed on the Web interface
Use this command to obtain power supply information displayed on the Web interface.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x0d power_id
Table 289 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
power_id |
Specify the ID of a power supply, starting from 0. |
User role
User
Required permission
Power control
Examples
COMMAND>ipmitool.exe -I lanplus -H 10.99.205.177 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x0d 0x01
a2 63 00 01 00 00 50 53 52 35 35 30 2d 31 32 41
00 00 00 00 00 00 32 31 30 32 33 31 41 38 4b 58
48 31 37 43 30 30 30 30 31 32 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 26 02 01 01
Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
Presence status. 1 represents present. |
|
Data[5] |
Health status: · 0—Healthy. · 1—Unhealthy. |
|
Data[6] |
Cold backup state: · 0x00—The power supply is the active power supply in cold backup. · 0x01—The power supply is the standby power supply in cold backup. · 0xff—Invalid state. |
|
Data[7:22] |
Power supply model in ASCII format. |
|
Data[23:70] |
Power supply SN in ASCII format. |
|
Data[71:72] |
Maximum output power of the power supply, in W. |
|
Data[73] |
Power input mode: · 0—No power input. · 1—AC input. · 2—High-voltage DC input. · 3—Low-voltage DC input. |
|
Data[74] |
Whether active/standby switchover is supported by the power supply: · 0—Not supported. · 1—Supported. |
Obtain GPU power capping information
Use this command to obtain GPU power capping information.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x21
Table 290 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
R5500 G5 AMD and Intel servers.
Examples
# Obtain GPU power capping information.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x21
a2 63 00 01 d0 07 01 a0 0f e8 03
Table 291 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4] |
GPU power capping enabling status. Supported options: · 1—Enabled. · 0—Disabled. |
|
Data[5-6] |
GPU power cap value, in the range of 1000 W to 4000 W and in little endian format. For example, 0xd0 0x07 represents 2000 W. |
|
Data[7] |
Policy upon power capping failure. Supported options: · 0x01—Shutdown upon power capping failure. · 0x00—No shutdown upon power capping failure. |
|
Data[8-9] |
Maximum power cap value, in little endian format. |
|
Data[10-11] |
Minimum power cap value, in little endian format. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added this command. |
Configure GPU power capping
Use this command to configure GPU power capping.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x22 0x00 0x01 0xd0 0x07 0x01
Table 292 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Power supply ID (PSUID, reserved). |
|
Data[8] |
Configure GPU power capping enabling status. Supported options: · 1—Enable. · 0—Disable. When you disable GPU power capping, the power cap value and policy upon power capping failure remain most-recent-configured values. |
|
Data[9-10] |
GPU power cap value, in the range of 1000 W to 4000 W and in little endian format. For example, 0xd0 0x07 represents 2000 W. |
|
Data[11] |
Configure policy upon power capping failure. Supported options: · 0x01—Shut down upon power capping failure. · 0x00—Not shut down upon power capping failure. |
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
R5500 G5 AMD and Intel servers.
Examples
# Configure GPU power capping.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x22 0x00 0x01 0xd0 0x07 0x01
a2 63 0x00
Table 293 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.33 |
Added this command. |
Obtain power information of the past day or week
Use this command to obtain power information of the past day or week.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x06 0xa2 0x63 0x00 0x23 0x00 0x00/0x01
Table 294 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3:5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
PSUID is 0x00 by default. The information obtaining does not depend on the presence of the power supply. |
|
Data[8] |
Time during which the power information is obtained. Supported options: · 0x00—Past one day. · 0x01—Past one week. |
Required permission
Power control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain power information of the past one day or one week.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.31.32 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x06 0x20 0x14 0x00 0x23 0x00 0x00
a2 63 00 3d 03 02 00 53 00
Table 295 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1:3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[4-5] |
Maximum power value, in little endian format. For example, 0xc5 0x03 represents 965 W. |
|
Data[6-7] |
Minimum power value, in little endian format. For example, 0x01 0x00 represents 1 W. |
|
Data[8-9] |
Average power value, in little endian format. For example, 0x40 0x02 represents 576 W. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.55 |
Added this command. |
KVM and virtual media
Obtain the status of KVM encryption
Use this command to obtain the status of KVM encryption.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xc0 0x04
Table 296 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Status of KVM encryption. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the status of KVM encryption.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xc0 0x04
00
Table 297 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Status of KVM encryption. Supported options: · 0x00—Disabled. · 0x01—Enabled. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.07 |
Added this command. |
Set the status of KVM encryption
Use this command to set the status of KVM encryption.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xc1 0x04 Data[4]
Table 298 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Status of KVM encryption. |
|
Data[4] |
Enable or disable KVM encryption. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set the status of KVM encryption.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xc1 0x04 0x00
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.07 |
Added this command. |
Obtain the status of virtual media encryption
Use this command to obtain the status of virtual media encryption.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xca 0x0b
Table 299 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Status of virtual media encryption. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Information query
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Obtain the status of virtual media encryption.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xca 0x0b
00
Table 300 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
Status of virtual media encryption. Supported options: · 0x00—Disabled. · 0x01—Enabled. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.07 |
Added this command. |
Set the status of virtual media encryption
Use this command to set the status of virtual media encryption.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x32 0xcb 0x0b Data[4]
Table 301 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Status of virtual media encryption. |
|
Data[4] |
Enable or disable virtual media encryption. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
User role
Administrator
Required permission
Remote control
Product compatibility
Not restricted to specific products.
Examples
# Set the status of virtual media encryption.
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x32 0xcb 0x0b 0x00
Table 302 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3] |
Status of virtual media encryption. |
|
Data[4] |
Enable or disable virtual media encryption. Supported options: · 0x00—Disable. · 0x01—Enable. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-1.30.07 |
Added this command. |
Obtain KVM modes
Use this command to obtain KVM modes.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x8c
Table 303 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
Required permission
Information query
Examples
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x0b 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x8c
a2 63 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
Table 304 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00 |
|
Data[4] |
KVM sharing mode. Supported options: · 0x00—Shared. · 0x01—Dedicated. |
|
Data[5] |
KVM encryption mode. Supported options: · 0x00—Not encrypted. |
|
Data[6] |
H5 KVM sharing mode. Supported options: · 0x00—Shared. · 0x01—Dedicated. |
|
Data[7] |
H5 KVM encryption mode. Supported options: · 0x00—Not encrypted. · 0x01—Encrypted. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added this command. |
Set KVM modes
Use this command to set KVM modes.
Syntax
ipmitool -I connect_type -H hostname -U username -P password raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x82 <KvmShareMode> <KvmSecureMode> <H5KvmShareMode> <H5KvmSecureMode>
Table 305 Request field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1] |
NetFn code. |
|
Data[2] |
Command code. |
|
Data[3-5] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00 |
|
Data[6] |
Subcommand code. |
|
Data[7] |
Set the KVM sharing mode. Supported options: · 0x00—Shared. · 0x01—Dedicated. |
|
Data[8] |
Set the KVM encryption mode. Supported options: 0x00—Not encrypted. |
|
Data[9] |
Set the H5 KVM sharing mode. Supported options: · 0x00—Shared. · 0x01—Dedicated. |
|
Data[10] |
Set the H5 KVM encryption mode. Supported options: · 0x00—Not encrypted. · 0x01—Encrypted. |
Required permission
Remote control
Examples
COMMAND>ipmitool -I lanplus -H 192.168.181.20 -U admin -P Password@_ raw 0x36 0x09 0xA2 0x63 0x00 0x82 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
a2 63 0x00
Table 306 Response field description
|
Field |
Description |
|
Data[1-3] |
Manufacturer ID. This field is fixed to a2 63 00. |
Change history
|
Version |
Change description |
|
HDM-2.25 |
Added this command. |
Examples
Using IPMItool to obtain chassis status
Network configuration
As shown in Figure 2, the HDM of the R4900 G3 server is connected to the PC through the dedicated network port. Make sure the HDM IP address can communicate with the PC IP address.
· HDM management software information:
¡ IP address: 172.16.18.69
¡ Administrator account: admin
¡ Administrator password: Password@_
· PC IP address : 172.16.18.1
Using IPMItool software
1. Download the IPMItool tool that is compatible with Windows OS such as IPMItool v1.8.18 on the client.
2. Access Windows cmd.
Figure 3 Windows cmd
Using IPMItool to obtain chassis information
Execute the ipmitool -I lanplus -H 172.16.18.69 -U admin -P Password@_ chassis status command to obtain chassis status information.
Figure 4 Obtaining chassis status information
